316
Camera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading this guide will help you learn to use the camera properly. • Store this guide safely so that you can use it in the future. ENGLISH

Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

  • Upload
    others

  • View
    6

  • Download
    0

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

Camera User Guide

• Makesureyoureadthisguide,includingthe“SafetyPrecautions”section,beforeusingthecamera.

• Readingthisguidewillhelpyoulearntousethecameraproperly.

• Storethisguidesafelysothatyoucanuseitinthefuture.

ENGLISH

Page 2: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

2

Package ContentsBeforeuse,makesurethefollowingitemsareincludedinthepackage.Ifanythingismissing,contactyourcameradealer.

Camera BatteryPackNB‑10L

(withterminalcover)

BatteryChargerCB‑2LC/CB‑2LCE

NeckStrapNS-DC11

DIGITALCAMERASolutionDisk*(CD-ROM)

GettingStarted WarrantyCard*ContainssoftwareandPDFmanuals(=30).• Amemorycardisnotincluded.

Compatible Memory CardsThefollowingmemorycards(soldseparately)canbeused,regardlessofcapacity.• SDmemorycards*• SDHCmemorycards*• SDXCmemorycards*• Eye-Ficards*ConformstoSDspecifications.However,notallmemorycardshavebeenverifiedtoworkwiththecamera.

AboutEye-FiCardsThisproductisnotguaranteedtosupportEye-Ficardfunctions(includingwirelesstransfer).IncaseofanissuewithanEye-Ficard,pleasecheckwiththecardmanufacturer.AlsonotethatanapprovalisrequiredtouseEye-Ficardsinmanycountriesorregions.Withoutapproval,useofthecardisnotpermitted.Ifitisunclearwhetherthecardhasbeenapprovedforuseinthearea,pleasecheckwiththecardmanufacturer.

Page 3: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

3

Preliminary Notes and Legal Information

• Takeandreviewsometestshotsinitiallytomakesuretheimageswererecordedcorrectly.PleasenotethatCanonInc.,itssubsidiariesandaffiliates,anditsdistributorsarenotliableforanyconsequentialdamagesarisingfromanymalfunctionofacameraoraccessory,includingmemorycards,thatresultsinthefailureofanimagetoberecordedortoberecordedinawaythatismachinereadable.

• Imagesrecordedbythecameraareintendedforpersonaluse.Refrainfromunauthorizedrecordingthatinfringesoncopyrightlaw,andnotethatevenforpersonaluse,photographymaycontravenecopyrightorotherlegalrightsatsomeperformancesorexhibitions,orinsomecommercialsettings.

• Thecamerawarrantyisvalidonlyintheareaofpurchase.Incaseofcameraproblemswhileabroad,returntotheareaofpurchasebeforecontactingaCanonCustomerSupportHelpDesk.

• AlthoughtheLCDmonitorisproducedunderextremelyhigh-precisionmanufacturingconditionsandmorethan99.99%ofthepixelsmeetdesignspecifications,inrarecasessomepixelsmaybedefectiveormayappearasredorblackdots.Thisdoesnotindicatecameradamageoraffectrecordedimages.

• TheLCDmonitormaybecoveredwithathinplasticfilmforprotectionagainstscratchesduringshipment.Ifcovered,removethefilmbeforeusingthecamera.

• Whenthecameraisusedoveranextendedperiod,itmaybecomewarm.Thisdoesnotindicatedamage.

Organization of Camera User GuideThefollowingguidesareincluded,eachusedfordifferentpurposes.

BasicGuide(=15)• Givesbasicinstructions,frominitialpreparationstoshooting,playback,andsavingonacomputer

AdvancedGuide(=41)• Practicalguidethatintroducesothercamerabasicsanddescribesshootingandplaybackoptions

Page 4: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

4

Part Names and Conventions in This Guide

Frontdial Lamp Lens Zoomlever

Shooting:<i(telephoto)>/<j(wideangle)>

Playback:<k(magnify)>/<g(index)>

Strapmount Shutterbutton

Powerbutton/lamp Modedial Hotshoe < (Flashup)>switch Flash Speaker Ringreleasebutton DCcouplercableport Memorycard/batterycover Tripodsocket

• Shootingmodesandon-screeniconsandtextareindicatedinbrackets.• :Importantinformationyoushouldknow• :Notesandtipsforexpertcamerause• =xx:Pageswithrelatedinformation(inthisexample,“xx”representsapagenumber)

• Instructionsinthisguideapplytothecameraunderdefaultsettings.• Forconvenience,allsupportedmemorycardsaresimplyreferredtoas“thememorycard”.

• Thetabsshownabovetitlesindicatewhetherthefunctionisusedforstillimages,movies,orboth.StillImages : Indicatesthatthefunctionisusedwhenshootingor

viewingstillimages.Movies : Indicatesthatthefunctionisusedwhenshootingor

viewingmovies.• Thefollowingcamerabuttonsandcontrolsarerepresentedbyicons.

<o> Upbutton onback <p> Downbutton onback <q> Leftbutton onback <7> Controldial onback <r> Rightbutton onback <z> Frontdial onfront

Page 5: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

5

PartNamesandConventionsinThisGuide

< (Shortcut)>/<c(Directprint)>button <+(AElock/FElock)>/< (Filteringimagedisplay)>button < (AFFrameSelector)>/<a(Singleimageerase)>button Screen(LCDmonitor) Diopteradjustmentdial Viewfinder Microphone Indicator Exposurecompensationdial <1(Playback)>button Moviebutton

Remoteterminal AVOUT(Audio/videooutput)/DIGITALterminal HDMITMterminal <n>button < (Metering)>button < (ISOspeed)>/Upbutton <e(Macro)>/<f(Manualfocus)>/Leftbutton Controldial FUNC./SETbutton <h(Flash)>/Rightbutton <l(Display)>/Downbutton

zz Turningthecontroldialisonewaytochoosesettingitems,switchimages,andperformotheroperations.Mostoftheseoperationsarealsopossiblewiththe<o><p><q><r>buttons.

• Inthisguide,iconsareusedtorepresentthecorrespondingcamerabuttonsanddialsonwhichtheyappearorwhichtheyresemble.

Page 6: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

6

Table of Contents

PackageContents.........................2CompatibleMemoryCards............2PreliminaryNotesandLegalInformation.....................................3OrganizationofCameraUserGuide.....................................3PartNamesandConventionsinThisGuide......................................4TableofContents...........................6Contents:BasicOperations...........8SafetyPrecautions.......................10

Basic Guide .................... 15

InitialPreparations.......................16TryingtheCameraOut................24IncludedSoftware,PDFManuals.......................................30Accessories..................................38

Advanced Guide ............. 41

1 CameraBasics.....................41

On/Off..........................................42ShutterButton..............................43OpticalViewfinder........................44ShootingModes...........................45ShootingDisplayOptions............46FUNC.Menu................................47MENUMenu................................48IndicatorDisplay..........................50Clock............................................51

2 SmartAutoMode.................53

Shooting(SmartAuto).................54Common,ConvenientFeatures...63

UsingFaceID..............................69ImageCustomizationFeatures....80HelpfulShootingFeatures...........86CustomizingCameraOperation..89

3 OtherShootingModes........93

AutoClipRecording(MovieDigest)..............................94SpecificScenes...........................95ImageEffects(CreativeFilters)..........................99SpecialModesforOtherPurposes....................................112ShootingVariousMovies........... 119

4 PMode................................123

ShootinginProgramAEMode(<P>Mode)................................124ImageBrightness(ExposureCompensation).........125ColorandContinuousShooting.....................................134ShootingRangeandFocusing....................................141Flash..........................................154ShootingRAWImages...............159OtherSettings............................160

5 Tv,Av,M,C1,andC2Mode.............................161

SpecificShutterSpeeds(<Tv>Mode)..............................162SpecificApertureValues(<Av>Mode)..............................163SpecificShutterSpeedsandApertureValues(<M>Mode).....164

Page 7: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

7

TableofContents

CustomizationforShootingStyles.........................................166

6 PlaybackMode..................173

Viewing......................................174BrowsingandFilteringImages..180EditingFaceIDInformation.......187ImageViewingOptions..............189ProtectingImages......................192ErasingImages..........................196RotatingImages.........................200ImageCategories......................202EditingStillImages....................206EditingMovies............................213

7 SettingMenu......................217

AdjustingBasicCameraFunctions...................................218

8 Accessories.......................233

TipsonUsingIncludedAccessories................................234OptionalAccessories.................235UsingOptionalAccessories.......239PrintingImages..........................259UsinganEye-FiCard.................274

9 Appendix............................277

Troubleshooting.........................278On-ScreenMessages................283On-ScreenInformation..............286FunctionsandMenuTables.......290HandlingPrecautions.................302Specifications.............................303Index..........................................309

Page 8: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

8

Contents: Basic Operations 4 Shootzz Usecamera-determinedsettings(AutoMode).................................... 54

Shootingpeoplewell

IPortraits(=95)

PAgainstSnow

(=96)SmoothSkin

(=98)

Matchingspecificscenes

NightScenes(=95)

SUnderWater

(=96)

tFireworks

(=96)

Applyingspecialeffects

VividColors(=99)

PosterEffect(=99)

“Aged”Photos(=102)

Fish-EyeEffect(=103)

MiniatureEffect(=104)

ToyCameraEffect(=106)

SoftFocus(=107)

Monochrome(=108)

Page 9: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

9

Contents:BasicOperations

zz Focusonfaces............................................................... 54,95,145,151zz Withoutusingtheflash(FlashOff)................................................. 25,55zz Withmyselfintheshot(Self-Timer)..............................................64,114zz Addadatestamp................................................................................. 67zz UseFaceID................................................................................. 69,177zz Movieclipsandphotostogether(MovieDigest).................................. 94

1 Viewzz Viewimages(PlaybackMode)........................................................... 174zz Automaticplayback(Slideshow)........................................................ 190zz OnaTV.............................................................................................. 239zz Onacomputer..................................................................................... 31zz Browsethroughimagesquickly......................................................... 180zz Eraseimages..................................................................................... 196

E Shoot/ViewMovieszz Shootmovies................................................................................54,119zz Viewmovies(PlaybackMode)........................................................... 174zz Fast-movingsubjects,slow-motionplayback..................................... 121

c Printzz Printpictures...................................................................................... 259

Savezz Saveimagestoacomputer................................................................. 35

Page 10: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

10

Safety Precautions•Beforeusingtheproduct,pleaseensurethatyoureadthesafetyprecautionsdescribedbelow.Alwaysensurethattheproductisusedcorrectly.

•Thesafetyprecautionsnotedonthefollowingpagesareintendedtopreventinjuriestoyourselfandotherpersons,ordamagetotheequipment.

•Besuretoalsochecktheguidesincludedwithanyseparatelysoldaccessoriesyouuse.

Warning Denotesthepossibilityofseriousinjuryordeath.

•Donottriggertheflashincloseproximitytopeople’seyes.Exposuretotheintenselightproducedbytheflashcoulddamageeyesight.Inparticular,remainatleast1meter(39inches)awayfrominfantswhenusingtheflash.

•Storethisequipmentoutofthereachofchildrenandinfants.Strap:Puttingthestraparoundachild’sneckcouldresultinasphyxiation.

•Useonlyrecommendedpowersources.•Donotattempttodisassemble,alterorapplyheattotheproduct.•Avoiddroppingorsubjectingtheproducttosevereimpacts.•Toavoidtheriskofinjury,donottouchtheinterioroftheproductifithasbeendroppedorotherwisedamaged.

•Stopusingtheproductimmediatelyifitemitssmoke,astrangesmell,orotherwisebehavesabnormally.

•Donotuseorganicsolventssuchasalcohol,benzine,orthinnertocleantheproduct.

•Donotlettheproductcomeintocontactwithwater(e.g.seawater)orotherliquids.

•Donotallowliquidsorforeignobjectstoenterthecamera.Thiscouldresultinelectricalshockorfire.Ifliquidsorforeignobjectscomeintocontactwiththecamerainterior,immediatelyturnthecameraoffandremovethebattery.Ifthebatterychargerbecomeswet,unplugitfromtheoutletandconsultyourcameradistributororaCanonCustomerSupportHelpDesk.

•Donotlookthroughtheviewfinderatbrightlightsources(suchasthesunonaclearday).

Thiscoulddamageyoureyesight.

Page 11: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

11

SafetyPrecautions

•Useonlytherecommendedbattery.•Donotplacethebatterynearorindirectflame.•Unplugthepowercordperiodically,andusingadrycloth,wipeawayanydustanddirtthathascollectedontheplug,theexteriorofthepoweroutlet,andthesurroundingarea.

•Donothandlethepowercordwithwethands.•Donotusetheequipmentinamannerthatexceedstheratedcapacityoftheelectricaloutletorwiringaccessories.Donotuseifthepowercordorplugaredamaged,ornotfullypluggedintotheoutlet.

•Donotallowdirtormetalobjects(suchaspinsorkeys)tocontacttheterminalsorplug.

Thebatterymayexplodeorleak,resultinginelectricalshockorfire.Thiscouldcauseinjuryanddamagethesurroundings.Intheeventthatabatteryleaksandthebatteryelectrolytecontactseyes,mouth,skinorclothing,immediatelyflushwithwater.

•Turnthecameraoffinplaceswherecamerauseisprohibited.Theelectromagneticwavesemittedbythecameramayinterferewiththeoperationofelectronicinstrumentsandotherdevices.Exerciseadequatecautionwhenusingthecamerainplaceswhereuseofelectronicdevicesisrestricted,suchasinsideairplanesandmedicalfacilities.

•DonotplaythesuppliedCD-ROM(s)inanyCDplayerthatdoesnotsupportdataCD-ROMs.

ItispossibletosufferhearinglossfromlisteningwithheadphonestotheloudsoundsofaCD-ROMplayedonanaudioCDplayer(musicplayer).Additionally,thiscoulddamagethespeakers.

Caution Denotesthepossibilityofinjury.

•Whenholdingthecamerabythestrap,becarefulnottobangit,subjectittostrongimpactsorshocks,orletitgetcaughtonotherobjects.

•Becarefulnottobumporpushstronglyonthelens.Thiscouldleadtoinjuryordamagethecamera.

•Becarefulnottosubjectthescreentostrongimpacts.Ifthescreencracks,injurymayresultfromthebrokenfragments.

Page 12: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

12

SafetyPrecautions

•Whenusingtheflash,becarefulnottocoveritwithyourfingersorclothing.

Thiscouldresultinburnsordamagetotheflash.

•Avoidusing,placingorstoringtheproductinthefollowingplaces:-Placessubjecttostrongsunlight-Placessubjecttotemperaturesabove40°C(104°F)-Humidordustyareas

Thesecouldcauseleakage,overheatingoranexplosionofthebattery,resultinginelectricalshock,fire,burnsorotherinjuries.Hightemperaturesmaycausedeformationofthecameraorbatterychargercasing.

•Theslideshowtransitioneffectsmaycausediscomfortwhenviewedforprolongedperiods.

•Whenusingtheseparatelysoldoptionallenses,besuretoattachthemfirmly.

Ifthelensbecomeslooseandfallsoff,itmaycrack,andtheshardsofglassmayleadtocuts.

Caution Denotesthepossibilityofdamagetotheequipment.

•Donotaimthecameraatbrightlightsources(suchasthesunonaclearday).

Doingsomaydamagetheimagesensor.

•Whenusingthecameraonabeachoratawindylocation,becarefulnottoallowdustorsandtoenterthecamera.

•Donotpushdownontheflash,orpryitopen.Thismaycausetheproducttomalfunction.

• Inregularuse,smallamountsofsmokemaybeemittedfromtheflash.

Thisisduetothehighintensityoftheflashburningdustandforeignmaterialsstucktothefrontoftheunit.Pleaseuseacottonswabtoremovedirt,dustorotherforeignmatterfromtheflashtopreventheatbuild-upanddamagetotheunit.

•Removeandstorethebatterywhenyouarenotusingthecamera.Ifthebatteryisleftinsidethecamera,damagecausedbyleakagemayoccur.

Page 13: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

13

SafetyPrecautions

•Beforeyoudiscardthebattery,covertheterminalswithtapeorotherinsulators.

Contactingothermetalmaterialsmayleadtofireorexplosions.

•Unplugthebatterychargerfromthepoweroutletafterchargingiscomplete,orwhenyouarenotusingit.

•Donotplaceanything,suchascloth,ontopofthebatterychargerwhileitischarging.

Leavingtheunitpluggedinforalongperiodoftimemaycauseittooverheatanddistort,resultinginfire.

•Donotplacethebatterynearpets.Petsbitingthebatterycouldcauseleakage,overheatingorexplosion,resultinginfireordamage.

•Whenputtingthecamerainyourbag,ensurethathardobjectsdonotcomeintocontactwiththescreen.

•Donotattachanyhardobjectstothecamera.Doingsomaycausemalfunctionsordamagethescreen.

Page 14: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

14

Page 15: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

15

Basic Guide

Givesbasicinstructions,frominitialpreparationstoshooting,playback,andsavingonacomputer

Page 16: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

16

Initial PreparationsPrepareforshootingasfollows.

Attaching the StrapAttachthestrap.zz Attachtheincludedstraptothecameraasshown.zz Ontheothersideofthecamera,attachthestrapthesameway.

Holding the Camerazz Placethestraparoundyourneck.zz Whenshooting,keepyourarmsclosetoyourbodyandholdthecamerasecurelytopreventitfrommoving.Ifyouhaveraisedtheflash,donotrestyourfingersonit.

Page 17: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

17

InitialPreparations

Charging the BatteryBeforeuse,chargethebatterywiththeincludedcharger.Besuretochargethebatteryinitially,becausethecameraisnotsoldwiththebatterycharged.

1 Removethebatterycoverandinsertthebatteryinthecharger.zz Removethecoverfromthebattery,alignthemarksonthebatteryandcharger,andinsertthebatterybypushingitin( )anddown( ).

CB‑2LC

CB‑2LCE

2 Chargethebattery.zz CB-2LC:Flipouttheplug( )andplugthechargerintoapoweroutlet( ).zz CB-2LCE:Plugthepowercordintothecharger,thenplugtheotherendintoapoweroutlet.XX Thecharginglampturnsorangeandchargingbegins.XXWhenthechargingisfinished,thelampturnsgreen.

3 Removethebattery.zz Afterunpluggingthebatterycharger,removethebatterybypushingitin( )andup( ).

•Toprotectthebatteryandkeepitinoptimalcondition,donotchargeitcontinuouslyformorethan24hours.

•Forbatterychargersthatuseapowercord,donotattachthechargerorcordtootherobjects.Doingsocouldresultinmalfunctionordamagetotheproduct.

• Fordetailsonchargingtimeandthenumberofshotsandrecordingtimepossiblewithafullychargedbattery,see“Specifications”(=303).

Page 18: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

18

InitialPreparations

Inserting the Battery and Memory CardInserttheincludedbatteryandamemorycard(soldseparately).Notethatbeforeusinganewmemorycard(oramemorycardformattedinanotherdevice),youshouldformatthememorycardwiththiscamera(=223).

1 Checkthecard’swrite-protecttab.zz Recordingisnotpossibleonmemorycardswithawrite-protecttabwhenthetabisinthelocked(downward)position.Slidethetabupuntilitclicksintotheunlockedposition.

2 Openthecover.zz Slidethecover( )andopenit( ).

Terminals BatteryLock

3 Insertthebattery.zz Whilepressingthebatterylockinthedirectionofthearrow,insertthebatteryasshownandpushitinuntilitclicksintothelockedposition.zz Ifyouinsertthebatteryfacingthewrongway,itcannotbelockedintothecorrectposition.Alwaysconfirmthatthebatteryisfacingtherightwayandlockswheninserted.

Page 19: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

19

InitialPreparations

Label

4 Insertthememorycard.zz Insertthememorycardfacingasshownuntilitclicksintothelockedposition.zz Makesurethememorycardisfacingtherightwaywhenyouinsertit.Insertingmemorycardsfacingthewrongwaymaydamagethecamera.

5 Closethecover.zz Lowerthecover( )andholditdownasyouslideit,untilitclicksintotheclosedposition( ).

• Forguidelinesonhowmanyshotsorhoursofrecordingcanbesavedononememorycard,see“Specifications”(=303).

Page 20: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

20

InitialPreparations

RemovingtheBatteryandMemoryCardRemovethebattery.zz Openthecoverandpressthebatterylockinthedirectionofthearrow.XX Thebatterywillpopup.

Removethememorycard.zz Pushthememorycardinuntilitclicks,andthenslowlyreleaseit.XX Thememorycardwillpopup.

Setting the Date and TimeSetthecurrentdateandtimecorrectlyasfollowsifthe[Date/Time]screenisdisplayedwhenyouturnthecameraon.Informationyouspecifythiswayisrecordedinimagepropertieswhenyoushoot,anditisusedwhenyoumanageimagesbyshootingdateorprintimagesshowingthedate.Youcanalsoaddadatestamptoshots,ifyouwish(=67).

1 Turnthecameraon.zz Pressthepowerbutton.XX The[Date/Time]screenisdisplayed.

Page 21: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

21

InitialPreparations

2 Setthedateandtime.zz Pressthe<q><r>buttonstochooseanoption.zz Pressthe<o><p>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtospecifythedateandtime.zz Whenfinished,pressthe<m>button.

3 Setthehometimezone.zz Pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtochooseyourhometimezone.

4 Finishthesetupprocess.zz Pressthe<m>buttonwhenfinished.Afteraconfirmationmessage,thesettingscreenisnolongerdisplayed.zz Toturnoffthecamera,pressthepowerbutton.

•Unlessyousetthedate,time,andhometimezone,the[Date/Time]screenwillbedisplayedeachtimeyouturnthecameraon.Specifythecorrectinformation.

• Tosetdaylightsavingtime(1hourahead),choose[ ]instep2andthenchoose[ ]bypressingthe<o><p>buttonsorturningthe<7>dial.

Page 22: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

22

InitialPreparations

ChangingtheDateandTimeAdjustthedateandtimeasfollows.

1 Accessthecameramenu.zz Pressthe<n>button.

2 Choose[Date/Time].zz Movethezoomlevertochoosethe[3]tab.zz Pressthe<o><p>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtochoose[Date/Time],andthenpressthe<m>button.

3 Changethedateandtime.zz Followstep2on=21toadjustthesettings.zz Pressthe<n>buttontoclosethemenu.

• Date/timesettingscanberetainedforabout3weeksbythecamera’sbuilt-indate/timebattery(backupbattery)afterthebatterypackisremoved.

• Thedate/timebatterywillbechargedinabout4hoursonceyouinsertachargedbatteryorconnectthecameratoanACadapterkit(soldseparately,=235),evenifthecameraisleftoff.

• Oncethedate/timebatteryisdepleted,the[Date/Time]screenwillbedisplayedwhenyouturnthecameraon.Followthestepson=20tosetthedateandtime.

Page 23: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

23

InitialPreparations

Display LanguageChangethedisplaylanguageasneeded.

1 EnterPlaybackmode.zz Pressthe<1>button.

2 Accessthesettingscreen.zz Pressandholdthe<m>button,andthenimmediatelypressthe<n>button.

3 Setthedisplaylanguage.zz Pressthe<o><p><q><r>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtochoosealanguage,andthenpressthe<m>button.XXOncethedisplaylanguagehasbeenset,thesettingscreenisnolongerdisplayed.

• Thecurrenttimeisdisplayedifyouwaittoolonginstep2afterpressingthe<m>buttonbeforeyoupressthe<n>button.Inthiscase,pressthe<m>buttontodismissthetimedisplayandrepeatstep2.

• Youcanalsochangethedisplaylanguagebypressingthe<n>buttonandchoosing[Language ]onthe[3]tab.

Page 24: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

24

StillImages Movies

Trying the Camera OutFollowtheseinstructionstoturnthecameraon,shootstillimagesormovies,andthenviewthem.

Shooting (Smart Auto)Forfullyautomaticselectionoftheoptimalsettingsforspecificscenes,simplyletthecameradeterminethesubjectandshootingconditions.

1 Turnthecameraon.zz Pressthepowerbutton.XX Thestartupscreenisdisplayed.

2 Enter<A>mode.zz Setthemodedialto<A>.zz Aimthecameraatthesubject.Thecamerawillmakeaslightclickingnoiseasitdeterminesthescene.XX Iconsrepresentingthesceneandimagestabilizationmodearedisplayedintheupperrightofthescreen.XX Framesdisplayedaroundanydetectedsubjectsindicatethattheyareinfocus.

3 Composetheshot.zz Tozoominandenlargethesubject,movethezoomlevertoward<i>(telephoto),andtozoomawayfromthesubject,moveittoward<j>(wideangle).

Page 25: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

25

TryingtheCameraOut

4 Shoot.ShootingStillImagesFocus.zz Presstheshutterbuttonlightly,halfwaydown.Thecamerabeepstwiceafterfocusing,andAFframesaredisplayedtoindicateimageareasinfocus.

zz If[Raisetheflash]appearsonthescreen,movethe< >switchtoraisetheflash.Itwillfirewhenshooting.Ifyouprefernottousetheflash,pushitdownwithyourfinger,intothecamera.

Shoot.zz Presstheshutterbuttonallthewaydown.XXAsthecamerashoots,ashuttersoundisplayed,andinlow-lightconditionswhenyouhaveraisedtheflash,itfiresautomatically.zz Keepthecamerastilluntiltheshuttersoundends.XXYourshotisonlydisplayeduntilthecameraisreadytoshootagain.

Page 26: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

26

TryingtheCameraOut

ElapsedTime

ShootingMoviesStartshooting.zz Pressthemoviebutton.Thecamerabeepsonceasrecordingbegins,and[ Rec]isdisplayedwiththeelapsedtime.XXBlackbarsdisplayedonthetopandbottomedgesofthescreenindicateimageareasnotrecorded.XX Framesdisplayedaroundanydetectedfacesindicatethattheyareinfocus.zz Oncerecordingbegins,youcantakeyourfingeroffthemoviebutton.

Finishshooting.zz Pressthemoviebuttonagaintostopshooting.Thecamerabeepstwiceasrecordingstops.

Page 27: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

27

TryingtheCameraOut

ViewingAftershootingimagesormovies,youcanviewthemonthescreenasfollows.

1 EnterPlaybackmode.zz Pressthe<1>button.XXYourlastshotisdisplayed.

2 Browsethroughyourimages.zz Toviewthepreviousimage,pressthe<q>buttonorturnthe<7>dialcounterclockwise.Toviewthenextimage,pressthe<r>buttonorturnthe<7>dialclockwise.zz Pressandholdthe<q><r>buttonstobrowsethroughimagesquickly.

zz ToaccessScrollDisplaymode,turnthe<7>dialrapidly.Inthismode,turnthe<7>dialtobrowsethroughimages.zz Toreturntosingle-imagedisplay,pressthe<m>button.

zz Moviesareidentifiedbya[ ]icon.Toplaymovies,gotostep3.

Page 28: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

28

TryingtheCameraOut

Volume

3 Playmovies.zz Pressthe<m>buttontoaccessthemoviecontrolpanel,choose[ ](eitherpressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe<7>dial),andthenpressthe<m>buttonagain.XXPlaybacknowbegins,andafterthemovieisfinished,[ ]isdisplayed.zz Toadjustthevolume,pressthe<o><p>buttons.

• ToswitchtoShootingmodefromPlaybackmode,presstheshutterbuttonhalfway.

Page 29: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

29

TryingtheCameraOut

ErasingtheImagesYoucanchooseanderaseunneededimagesonebyone.Becarefulwhenerasingimages,becausetheycannotberecovered.

1 Chooseanimagetoerase.zz Pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtochooseanimage.

2 Erasetheimage.zz Pressthe<a>button.zz After[Erase?]isdisplayed,pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtochoose[Erase],andthenpressthe<m>button.XX Thecurrentimageisnowerased.zz Tocancelerasure,pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtochoose[Cancel],andthenpressthe<m>button.

• Youcanalsoeraseallimagesatonce(=197).

Page 30: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

30

Included Software, PDF ManualsThesoftwareandPDFmanualsontheincludedDIGITALCAMERASolutionDisk(CD-ROM)(=2)areintroducedbelow,withinstructionsforinstallation,andsavingimagestoacomputer.

SoftwareAfterinstallingthesoftwareontheCD-ROM,youcandothefollowingthingsonyourcomputer.

CameraWindowzz Importimagesandchangecamerasettings

ImageBrowserEXzz Manageimages:view,search,andorganizezz Printandeditimages

DigitalPhotoProfessionalzz Browse,processandeditRAWimages

AutoUpdateFunctionUsingtheincludedsoftware,youcanupdatetothelatestversion,anddownloadnewfunctionsviatheInternet(somesoftwareexcluded).BesuretoinstallthesoftwareonacomputerwithanInternetconnectionsoyoucanusethisfunction.

• Internetaccessisrequiredtousethisfunction,andanyISPaccountchargesandaccessfeesmustbepaidseparately.

PDF ManualsCameraUserGuidezz Refertothisguideforamorein-depthunderstandingofcameraoperation.

SoftwareGuidezz Refertothisguidewhenusingtheincludedsoftware.Theguidecanbeaccessedfromthehelpsystemofincludedsoftware(somesoftwareexcluded).

Page 31: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

31

IncludedSoftware,PDFManuals

System RequirementsTheincludedsoftwarecanbeusedonthefollowingcomputers.AdobeReaderisrequiredtoviewthePDFmanuals.

OperatingSystem

Windows MacintoshWindows7SP1WindowsVistaSP2WindowsXPSP3

MacOSX10.6–10.7

Computer Computersrunningoneoftheaboveoperatingsystems(preinstalled),withanincludedUSBportandInternetconnection*

Processor

Stillimages1.6GHzorhigherMoviesCore2Duo2.6GHzorhigher

StillimagesCoreDuo1.83GHzorhigherMoviesCore2Duo2.6GHzorhigher

RAM

StillimagesWindows7(64bit):2GBormoreWindows7(32bit),Vista,XP:1GBormoreMovies2GBormore

StillimagesMacOSX10.7:2GBormoreMacOSX10.6:1GBormoreMovies2GBormore

Interfaces USBFreeHardDiskSpace 640MBormore* 750MBormore

Display 1024x768resolutionorhigher

*Silverlight4orlater(max.100MB)mustbeinstalled,andinWindowsXP,Microsoft.NETFramework3.0orlater(max.500MB)mustbeinstalled.Installationmaytakesometime,dependingoncomputerperformance.

• ChecktheCanonwebsiteforthelatestsystemrequirements,includingsupportedOSversions.

Page 32: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

32

IncludedSoftware,PDFManuals

Installing the SoftwareWindows7andMacOSX10.6areusedhereforthesakeofillustration.Usingthesoftwareautoupdatefunction,youcanupdatetothelatestversionanddownloadnewfunctionsviatheInternet(somesoftwareexcluded),sobesuretoinstallthesoftwareonacomputerwithanInternetconnection.

Whatyouwillneed:zz Computerzz USBcable(cameraend:Mini-B)zz IncludedCD-ROM(DIGITALCAMERASolutionDisk)(=2)

1 InserttheCD-ROMinthecomputer’sCD-ROMdrive.zz InserttheincludedCD-ROM(DIGITALCAMERASolutionDisk)(=2)inthecomputer’sCD-ROMdrive.zz OnaMacintoshcomputer,afterinsertingthedisc,double-clickthedesktopdiscicontoopenit,andthendouble-clickthe[ ]icondisplayed.

2 Begintheinstallation.zz Click[EasyInstallation]andfollowtheon-screeninstructionstocompletetheinstallationprocess.

Page 33: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

33

IncludedSoftware,PDFManuals

3 Whenamessageisdisplayedpromptingyoutoconnectthecamera,connectittoacomputer.zz Withthecameraturnedoff,openthecover( ).WiththesmallerplugoftheUSBcableintheorientationshown,inserttheplugfullyintothecameraterminal( ).

zz InsertthelargerplugoftheUSBcableinthecomputer’sUSBport.FordetailsaboutUSBconnectionsonthecomputer,refertothecomputerusermanual.

Page 34: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

34

IncludedSoftware,PDFManuals

4 Installthefiles.zz Turnthecameraon,andfollowtheon-screeninstructionstocompletetheinstallationprocess.XX ThesoftwarewillconnecttotheInternettoupdatetothelatestversionanddownloadnewfunctions.Installationmaytakesometime,dependingoncomputerperformanceandtheInternetconnection.zz Click[Finish]or[Restart]onthescreenafterinstallationandremovetheCD-ROMwhenthedesktopisdisplayed.zz Turnthecameraoffanddisconnectthecable.

•WhennotconnectedtotheInternet,therearethefollowinglimitations.-Thescreeninstep3willnotbedisplayed.-Somefunctionsmaynotbeinstalled.

• Thefirsttimeyouconnectthecameratothecomputer,driverswillbeinstalled,soitmaytakeafewminutesuntilcameraimagesareaccessible.

• IfyouhaveseveralcamerasthatwerebundledwithImageBrowserEXontheincludedCD-ROMs,besuretouseeachcamerawiththeirincludedCD-ROMandfollowtheon-screeninstallationinstructionsforeach.Doingsowillensurethateachcamerawillreceivethecorrectupdatesandnewfunctionsviatheautoupdatefunction.

Page 35: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

35

IncludedSoftware,PDFManuals

Saving Images to a ComputerWindows7andMacOSX10.6areusedhereforthesakeofillustration.

1 Connectthecameratothecomputer.zz Followstep3on=33toconnectthecameratoacomputer.

2 TurnthecameraontoaccessCameraWindow.zz Pressthe<1>buttontoturnthecameraon.zz OnaMacintoshcomputer,CameraWindowisdisplayedwhenaconnectionisestablishedbetweenthecameraandcomputer.

zz ForWindows,followthestepsintroducedbelow.zz Inthescreenthatdisplays,clickthe[ ]linktomodifytheprogram.

zz Choose[DownloadsImagesFromCanonCamerausingCanonCameraWindow]andthenclick[OK].

zz Doubleclick[ ].

Page 36: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

36

IncludedSoftware,PDFManuals

CameraWindow 3 Savetheimagestothecomputer.zz Click[ImportImagesfromCamera],andthenclick[ImportUntransferredImages].XX ImagesarenowsavedtothePicturesfolderonthecomputer,inseparatefoldersnamedbydate.zz Afterimagesaresaved,closeCameraWindow,pressthe<1>buttontoturnthecameraoff,andunplugthecable.zz Forinstructionsonviewingimagesonacomputer,refertotheSoftware Guide(=30).

Page 37: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

37

IncludedSoftware,PDFManuals

• InWindows7,ifthescreeninstep2isnotdisplayed,clickthe[ ]iconinthetaskbar.

• TostartCameraWindowinWindowsVistaorXP,click[DownloadsImagesFromCanonCamerausingCanonCameraWindow]onthescreendisplayedwhenyouturnthecameraoninstep2.IfCameraWindowisnotdisplayed,clickthe[Start]menuandchoose[AllPrograms]X[CanonUtilities]X[CameraWindow]X[CameraWindow].

• OnaMacintoshcomputer,ifCameraWindowisnotdisplayedafterstep2,clickthe[CameraWindow]iconintheDock(thebaratthebottomofthedesktop).

• Althoughyoucansaveimagestoacomputersimplybyconnectingyourcameratothecomputerwithoutusingtheincludedsoftware,thefollowinglimitationsapply.-Itmaytakeafewminutesafteryouconnectthecameratothecomputeruntilcameraimagesareaccessible.

-Imagesshotinverticalorientationmaybesavedinhorizontalorientation.-RAWimages(orJPEGimagesrecordedwithRAWimages)maynotbesaved.

-Imageprotectionsettingsmaybeclearedfromimagessavedtoacomputer.

-Someproblemsmayoccurwhensavingimagesorimageinformation,dependingontheoperatingsystemversion,thesoftwareinuse,orimagefilesizes.

-Somefunctionsprovidedbytheincludedsoftwaremaynotbeavailable,suchaseditingmoviesorreturningimagestothecamera.

Using the PDF ManualsCameraUserGuidezz Accessthisguidebydouble-clickingthedesktopshortcuticon.

SoftwareGuidezz Theguidecanbeaccessedfromthehelpsystemofincludedsoftware(somesoftwareexcluded).

• ItmaynotbepossibletoinstallthePDFmanualsoncomputersthatdonotmeetthesystemrequirements(=31).However,youcanviewthemanualsonacomputerthatsupportsAdobeReaderbycopyingthePDFfilesintheReadmefolderontheCD-ROMdirectlytoaconvenientlocationonthecomputer.

Page 38: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

38

Accessories

SoftCaseSC-DC85

NeckStrapNS-DC11

BatteryPackNB-10L*1

(withterminalcover)

BatteryChargerCB-2LC/CB-2LCE*1

DIGITALCAMERA

SolutionDisk

USBCable(cameraend:Mini-B)*2

MemoryCard CardReader Windows/MacintoshComputer

TV/VideoSystem

ACAdapterKitACK-DC80

IncludedAccessories

Power

Cables

HDMICableHTC-100

StereoAVCableAVC-DC400ST

FlashUnits

LensAccessories

CanonPictBridge-CompatiblePrinters

Speedlite*4

600EX-RT,600EX,580EXII,430EXII,320EX,270EXII

MacroTwinLiteMT-24EX*5*6

High-PowerFlashHF-DC2*3

MacroRingLiteMR-14EX*6

Canon-brandLensFilter(58mmdia.)*7

Tele-converterTC-DC58E*6

RemoteSwitchRS-60E3

OtherAccessories

Case

WaterproofCaseWP-DC48

*1Alsoavailableforpurchaseseparately.*2AgenuineCanonaccessoryisalsoavailable(InterfaceCableIFC-400PCU).*3High-PowerFlashHF-DC1alsosupported.*4Theseaccessoriesarealsosupported:Speedlite580EX,430EX,270EX,and220EX,SpeedliteTransmitterST-E2,SpeedliteBracketSB-E2,andOff-CameraShoeCordOC-E3.

*5RequiresBracketBKT-DC1andOff-CameraShoeCordOC-E3.*6RequiresConversionLensAdapterLA-DC58L.*7RequiresFilterAdapterFA-DC58D.

UseofgenuineCanonaccessoriesisrecommended.

ThisproductisdesignedtoachieveexcellentperformancewhenusedwithgenuineCanonaccessories.Canonshallnotbeliableforanydamagetothisproductand/oraccidentssuchasfire,etc.,causedbythemalfunctionofnon-genuineCanonaccessories(e.g.,aleakageand/orexplosionofabatterypack).Pleasenotethatthiswarrantydoesnotapplytorepairsarisingoutofthemalfunctionofnon-genuineCanonaccessories,althoughyoumayrequestsuchrepairsonachargeablebasis.

Page 39: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

39

AccessoriesAccessories

SoftCaseSC-DC85

NeckStrapNS-DC11

BatteryPackNB-10L*1

(withterminalcover)

BatteryChargerCB-2LC/CB-2LCE*1

DIGITALCAMERA

SolutionDisk

USBCable(cameraend:Mini-B)*2

MemoryCard CardReader Windows/MacintoshComputer

TV/VideoSystem

ACAdapterKitACK-DC80

IncludedAccessories

Power

Cables

HDMICableHTC-100

StereoAVCableAVC-DC400ST

FlashUnits

LensAccessories

CanonPictBridge-CompatiblePrinters

Speedlite*4

600EX-RT,600EX,580EXII,430EXII,320EX,270EXII

MacroTwinLiteMT-24EX*5*6

High-PowerFlashHF-DC2*3

MacroRingLiteMR-14EX*6

Canon-brandLensFilter(58mmdia.)*7

Tele-converterTC-DC58E*6

RemoteSwitchRS-60E3

OtherAccessories

Case

WaterproofCaseWP-DC48

*1Alsoavailableforpurchaseseparately.*2AgenuineCanonaccessoryisalsoavailable(InterfaceCableIFC-400PCU).*3High-PowerFlashHF-DC1alsosupported.*4Theseaccessoriesarealsosupported:Speedlite580EX,430EX,270EX,and220EX,SpeedliteTransmitterST-E2,SpeedliteBracketSB-E2,andOff-CameraShoeCordOC-E3.

*5RequiresBracketBKT-DC1andOff-CameraShoeCordOC-E3.*6RequiresConversionLensAdapterLA-DC58L.*7RequiresFilterAdapterFA-DC58D.

UseofgenuineCanonaccessoriesisrecommended.

ThisproductisdesignedtoachieveexcellentperformancewhenusedwithgenuineCanonaccessories.Canonshallnotbeliableforanydamagetothisproductand/oraccidentssuchasfire,etc.,causedbythemalfunctionofnon-genuineCanonaccessories(e.g.,aleakageand/orexplosionofabatterypack).Pleasenotethatthiswarrantydoesnotapplytorepairsarisingoutofthemalfunctionofnon-genuineCanonaccessories,althoughyoumayrequestsuchrepairsonachargeablebasis.

Page 40: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

40

Page 41: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

41

Camera BasicsPracticalguidethatintroducesothercamerabasicsanddescribesshootingandplaybackoptions

1Advanced Guide

Page 42: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

42

On/OffShootingModezz Pressthepowerbuttontoturnthecameraonandprepareforshooting.zz Toturnthecameraoff,pressthepowerbuttonagain.

PlaybackModezz Pressthe<1>buttontoturnthecameraonandviewyourshots.zz Toturnthecameraoff,pressthe<1>buttonagain.

• ToswitchtoPlaybackmodefromShootingmode,pressthe<1>button.• ToswitchtoShootingmodefromPlaybackmode,presstheshutterbuttonhalfway(=43).

• ThelenswillberetractedafteraboutoneminuteoncethecameraisinPlaybackmode.Youcanturnthecameraoffwhenthelensisretractedbypressingthe<1>button.

Power-Saving Features (Auto Power Down)Asawaytoconservebatterypower,thecameraautomaticallydeactivatesthescreen(DisplayOff)andthenturnsitselfoffafteraspecificperiodofinactivity.

PowerSavinginShootingModeThescreenisautomaticallydeactivatedafteraboutoneminuteofinactivity.Inabouttwomoreminutes,thelensisretractedandthecameraturnsitselfoff.Toactivatethescreenandprepareforshootingwhenthescreenisoffbutthelensisstillout,presstheshutterbuttonhalfway(=43).

PowerSavinginPlaybackModeThecameraturnsitselfoffautomaticallyafteraboutfiveminutesofinactivity.

• Adjustthetimingofautomaticcameraandscreendeactivationasneeded(=226).

• Powersavingisnotactivewhilethecameraisconnectedtoacomputer(=33).

Page 43: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

43

Shutter ButtonToensureyourshotsareinfocus,alwayspresstheshutterbuttonlightly(halfway)initially.Oncethesubjectisinfocus,pressthebuttonallthewaydowntoshoot.Inthismanual,shutterbuttonoperationsaredescribedaspressingthebuttonhalfwayorall the way down.

1 Presshalfway.(Presslightlytofocus.)zz Presstheshutterbuttonhalfway.Thecamerabeepstwice,andAFframesaredisplayedaroundimageareasinfocus.

2 Pressallthewaydown.(Fromthehalfwayposition,pressfullytoshoot.)XX Thecamerashoots,asashuttersoundisplayed.zz Keepthecamerastilluntiltheshuttersoundends.

• Imagesmaybeoutoffocusifyoushootwithoutinitiallypressingtheshutterbuttonhalfway.

•Lengthofshuttersoundplaybackvariesdependingonthetimerequiredfortheshot.Itmaytakelongerinsomeshootingscenes,andimageswillbeblurryifyoumovethecamera(orthesubjectmoves)beforetheshuttersoundends.

Page 44: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

44

Optical ViewfinderToconservebatterypowerwhenshooting,youcanusetheopticalviewfinderinsteadofthescreen.Shootthesamewayaswhenusingthescreen.

1 Deactivatethescreen.zz Pressthe<p>buttontoturnthescreenoff(=46).

2 Adjustthediopter.zz Asyoulookthroughtheopticalviewfinder,turnthedialonewayortheothersothatimageslooksharp.

•Theareavisibleintheopticalviewfindermaydifferslightlyfromtheimageareainyourshots.

•Ataspectratiosotherthan4:3,theareavisibleintheopticalviewfinderdiffersfromtheimageareainyourshots.Checkthesettingsbeforeshooting.

• Thelensmaybepartiallyvisiblethroughtheopticalviewfinderatsomezoompositions.

• Althoughthecameraautomaticallyfocusesonsubjects,facedetectionandfocusingisnotpossible.

• Continuousshootingisnotsupportedin<A>mode,becausethecamerawillnotdeterminetheshootingscene.

Page 45: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

45

Shooting ModesUsethemodedialtoaccesseachshootingmode.

P,Tv,Av,M,C1,andC2ModesTakeavarietyofshotsusingyourpreferredsettings(=123,161).

MovieModeForshootingmovies(=119).YoucanalsoshootmovieswhenthemodedialisnotsettoMoviemode,simplybypressingthemoviebutton.

AutoModeFullyautomaticshooting,withcamera-determinedsettings(=24,54).

SpecialSceneModeShootwithoptimalsettingsforspecificscenes(=95).

CreativeFiltersModeAddavarietyofeffectstoimageswhenshooting(=99).

MovieDigestModeYoucanmakeashortmovieofadayjustbyshootingstillimages(=94).

Page 46: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

46

Shooting Display OptionsPressthe<p>buttontoviewotherinformationonthescreen,ortohidetheinformation.Fordetailsontheinformationdisplayed,see=286.

Display1 Display2 DisplayOff

•Evenifthescreenisoff,itwillturnonwhenyoustartshootingamovie.

• Screenbrightnessisautomaticallyincreasedbythenightdisplayfunctionwhenyouareshootingunderlowlight,makingiteasiertocheckhowshotsarecomposed.However,on-screenimagebrightnessmaynotmatchthebrightnessofyourshots.Notethatanyon-screenimagedistortionorjerkysubjectmotionwillnotaffectrecordedimages.

• Forplaybackdisplayoptions,see=176.

Page 47: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

47

FUNC. MenuConfigurecommonlyusedshootingfunctionsthroughtheFUNC.menuasfollows.Notethatmenuitemsandoptionsvarydependingontheshootingmode(=292–295).

1 AccesstheFUNC.menu.zz Pressthe<m>button.

MenuItems

Options

2 Chooseamenuitem.zz Pressthe<o><p>buttonstochooseamenuitem.XXAvailableoptionsareshownatthebottomofthescreen.

3 Chooseanoption.zz Pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtochooseanoption.zz Optionslabeledwitha[ ]iconcanbeconfiguredbypressingthe<n>button.

4 Finishthesetupprocess.zz Pressthe<m>button.XX Thescreenbeforeyoupressedthe<m>buttoninstep1isdisplayedagain,showingtheoptionyouconfigured.

• Toundoanyaccidentalsettingchanges,youcanrestorethecamera’sdefaultsettings(=231).

Page 48: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

48

MENU MenuConfigureavarietyofcamerafunctionsthroughothermenusasfollows.Menuitemsaregroupedbypurposeontabs,suchasshooting[4],playback[1],andsoon.Notethatavailablesettingsvarydependingontheselectedshootingorplaybackmode(=296–301).

1 Accessthemenu.zz Pressthe<n>button.

2 Chooseatab.zz Movethezoomlevertochooseatab.zz Afteryouhavepressedthe<o><p>buttonsorturnedthe<7>dialtochooseatabinitially,youcanswitchbetweentabsbypressingthe<q><r>buttons.Youcanalsochooseatabbypressingthe<+>button.

3 Chooseasetting.zz Pressthe<o><p>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtochooseasetting.zz Tochoosesettingswithoptionsnotshown,firstpressthe<m>or<r>buttontoswitchscreens,andtheneitherpressthe<o><p>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtoselectthesetting.zz Toreturntothepreviousscreen,pressthe<n>button.

Page 49: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

49

MENUMenu

4 Chooseanoption.zz Pressthe<q><r>buttonstochooseanoption.

5 Finishthesetupprocess.zz Pressthe<n>buttontoreturntothescreendisplayedbeforeyoupressedthe<n>buttoninstep1.

• Toundoanyaccidentalsettingchanges,youcanrestorethecamera’sdefaultsettings(=231).

Page 50: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

50

Indicator DisplayThepowerlampandindicatoronthebackofthecamera(=5)willlightorblinkdependingonthecamerastatus.

Indicator Color IndicatorStatus CameraStatus

PowerLamp GreenOn Cameraon

Blinking Lowbattery

Indicator

Green

On Readytoshoot(whentheflashisdeactivated)

BlinkingRecording/reading/transmittingimagesDistancewarning(=279),orcannotfocus(whentheflashisdeactivated)(=279)

OrangeOn Readytoshoot(whentheflashisactivated)

Blinking Distancewarning(=279),orcannotfocus(whentheflashisactivated)(=279)

•Whentheindicatorblinksgreen,neverturnthecameraoff,openthememorycard/batterycover,orshakeorjoltthecamera,whichmaycorruptimagesordamagethecameraormemorycard.

Page 51: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

51

ClockYoucancheckthecurrenttime.

zz Pressandholdthe<m>button.XX Thecurrenttimeappears.zz Ifyouholdthecameraverticallywhileusingtheclockfunction,itwillswitchtoverticaldisplay.Pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtochangethedisplaycolor.zz Pressthe<m>buttonagaintocanceltheclockdisplay.

•Whenthecameraisoff,pressandholdthe<m>button,thenpressthepowerbuttontodisplaytheclock.

Page 52: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

52

Page 53: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

53

Smart Auto ModeConvenientmodeforeasyshotswithgreatercontrolovershooting

2

Page 54: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

54

StillImages Movies

Shooting (Smart Auto)Forfullyautomaticselectionatoptimalsettingsforspecificscenes,simplyletthecameradeterminethesubjectandshootingconditions.

1 Turnthecameraon.zz Pressthepowerbutton.XX Thestartupscreenisdisplayed.

2 Enter<A>mode.zz Setthemodedialto<A>.zz Aimthecameraatthesubject.Thecamerawillmakeaslightclickingnoiseasitdeterminesthescene.XX Iconsrepresentingthesceneandimagestabilizationmodearedisplayedintheupperrightofthescreen(=61).XX Framesdisplayedaroundanydetectedsubjectsindicatethattheyareinfocus.

ZoomBar

FocusRange(approx.)

3 Composetheshot.zz Tozoominandenlargethesubject,movethezoomlevertoward<i>(telephoto),andtozoomawayfromthesubject,moveittoward<j>(wideangle).(Azoombarshowingthezoompositionisdisplayed.)

Page 55: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

55

Shooting(SmartAuto)

4 Shoot.ShootingStillImagesFocus.zz Presstheshutterbuttonhalfway.Thecamerabeepstwiceafterfocusing,andAFframesaredisplayedtoindicateimageareasinfocus.XXSeveralAFframesaredisplayedwhenmultipleareasareinfocus.

zz If[Raisetheflash]appearsonthescreen,movethe< >switchtoraisetheflash.Itwillfirewhenshooting.Ifyouprefernottousetheflash,pushitdownwithyourfinger,intothecamera.

Shoot.zz Presstheshutterbuttonallthewaydown.XXAsthecamerashoots,ashuttersoundisplayed,andinlow-lightconditionswhenyouhaveraisedtheflash,itfiresautomatically.zz Keepthecamerastilluntiltheshuttersoundends.XXYourshotisonlydisplayeduntilthecameraisreadytoshootagain.

Page 56: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

56

Shooting(SmartAuto)

ElapsedTime

ShootingMoviesStartshooting.zz Pressthemoviebutton.Thecamerabeepsonceasrecordingbegins,and[ Rec]isdisplayedwiththeelapsedtime.XXBlackbarsdisplayedonthetopandbottomedgesofthescreenindicateimageareasnotrecorded.XX Framesdisplayedaroundanydetectedfacesindicatethattheyareinfocus.zz Oncerecordingbegins,youcantakeyourfingeroffthemoviebutton.

Resizethesubjectandrecomposetheshotasneeded.zz Toresizethesubject,dothesamethingasinstep3on=54.However,notethatthesoundofcameraoperationswillberecorded.zz Whenyourecomposeshots,thefocus,brightness,andcolorswillbeautomaticallyadjusted.

Finishshooting.zz Pressthemoviebuttonagaintostopshooting.Thecamerabeepstwiceasrecordingstops.zz Recordingwillstopautomaticallywhenthememorycardbecomesfull.

Page 57: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

57

Shooting(SmartAuto)

StillImages/Movies•Toactivatethescreenwhenthecameraisonbutthescreenisblank,pressthe<p>button.

•Torestorecamerasoundifyouhaveaccidentallydeactivatedit(byholdingthe<p>buttondownwhileturningthecameraon),pressthe<n>buttonandchoose[Mute]onthe[3]tab,andthenpressthe<q><r>buttonstochoose[Off].

StillImages

•Aflashing[ ]iconwarnsthatimagesaremorelikelytobeblurredbycamerashake.Inthiscase,mountthecameraonatripodortakeothermeasurestokeepitstill.

• Ifyourshotsaredarkdespitetheflashfiring,moveclosertothesubject.Fordetailsontheflashrange,see“Specifications”(=303).

•Thesubjectmaybetoocloseifthecameraonlybeepsoncewhenyoupresstheshutterbuttonhalfway.Fordetailsonthefocusingrange(shootingrange),see“Specifications”(=303).

•Toreducered-eyeandtoassistinfocusing,thelampmaybeactivatedwhenshootinginlow-lightconditions.

•Ablinking[h]icondisplayedwhenyouattempttoshootindicatesthatshootingisnotpossibleuntiltheflashhasfinishedrecharging.Shootingcanresumeassoonastheflashisready,soeitherpresstheshutterbuttonallthewaydownandwait,orreleaseitandpressitagain.

•TheshuttersoundwillnotbeplayedwhentheSleepingandBabies(Sleeping)icons(=59)aredisplayed.

• Theflashfiringduringshotsindicatesthatthecamerahasautomaticallyattemptedtoensureoptimalcolorsinthemainsubjectandbackground(Multi-areaWhiteBalance).

Page 58: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

58

Shooting(SmartAuto)

Movies

Microphone •Keepyourfingersawayfromthemicrophonewhileshootingmovies.Blockingthemicrophonemaypreventaudiofrombeingrecordedormaycausetherecordingtosoundmuffled.

•Avoidtouchingcameracontrolsotherthanthemoviebuttonwhenshootingmovies,becausesoundsmadebythecamerawillberecorded.

•Tocorrectsuboptimalimagecolorthatmayoccurin[ ]movieshooting(=84)afteryourecomposeshots,pressthemoviebuttontostoprecording,andthenpressitagaintoresumerecording.

• Audioisrecordedinstereo.

Page 59: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

59

Shooting(SmartAuto)

StillImages Movies

Scene IconsIn<A>mode,shootingscenesdeterminedbythecameraareindicatedbytheicondisplayed,andcorrespondingsettingsareautomaticallyselectedforoptimalfocusing,subjectbrightness,andcolor.Dependingonthescene,continuousimagesmaybeshot(=60).

BackgroundSubject Normal Backlit Dark* Sunsets Spotlights

People –

InMotion – – –

ShadowsonFace – – – –

Smiling – – –

Sleeping – – –

Babies – – –

Smiling – – –

Sleeping – – –

Children(InMotion) – – –

OtherSubjects

InMotion – – –

AtCloseRange – –

*TripodUsedThebackgroundcoloroficonsislightbluewhenthebackgroundisabluesky,darkbluewhenthebackgroundisdark,andgrayforallotherbackgrounds.Thebackgroundcoloroficonsislightbluewhenthebackgroundisabluesky,andgrayforallotherbackgrounds.

•Thebackgroundcolorof[ ],[ ],[ ],[ ],and[ ]isdarkblue,andthebackgroundcolorof[ ]isorange.

•Whenshootingmovies,onlyPeople,OtherSubjects,andAtCloseRangeiconswillbedisplayed.

•Whenshootingwiththeself-timer,People(InMotion),Smiling,Sleeping,Babies(Smiling),Babies(Sleeping),Children,OtherSubjects(InMotion)iconswillnotbedisplayed.

Page 60: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

60

Shooting(SmartAuto)

•Whenthedrivemodeissetto[ ](=139),andwhen[HgLampCorr.]issetto[On]andscenesareautomaticallycorrected(=83),Smiling,Sleeping,Babies(Smiling),Babies(Sleeping),andChildreniconswillnotbedisplayed.

•Iftheflashissetto[ ],theBackliticonsforSmilingandChildrenwillnotbedisplayed.

•Babies,Babies(Smiling),Babies(Sleeping),andChildreniconswillbedisplayedwhen[FaceID]issetto[On],andthefaceofaregisteredbaby(undertwoyearsold)orchild(fromtwototwelveyearsold)isdetected(=69).Confirmbeforehandthatthedateandtimearecorrect(=20).

•Tryshootingin<G>mode(=123)ifthesceneicondoesnotmatchactualshootingconditions,orifitisnotpossibletoshootwithyourexpectedeffect,color,orbrightness.

ContinuousShootingScenesIfyoushootastillimagewhenthefollowingsceneiconsaredisplayed,thecamerawillshootcontinuously.Ifyoupresstheshutterbuttonhalfwaywhenoneoftheiconsinthetablebelowisdisplayed,oneofthefollowingiconswillbedisplayedtoinformyouthatthecamerawillshootcontinuousimages:[ ],[ ],or[W].

Smiling(includingBabies): Consecutiveimagesarecaptured,andthecameraanalyzesdetailssuchasfacialexpressionstosavetheimagedeterminedtobethebest.

Sleeping(includingBabies)

: Beautifulshotsofsleepingfaces,createdbycombiningconsecutiveshotstoreducecamerashakeandimagenoise.TheAFassistbeamwillnotlightup,theflashwillnotfire,andtheshuttersoundwillnotbeplayed.

ChildrenW: Soyoudon’tmissaphotoopportunityofchildren

whomovearound,thecamerawillcapturethreeconsecutiveimagesforeachshot.

• Insomescenes,expectedimagesmaynotbesaved,andimagesmaynotlookasexpected.

•Focus,imagebrightness,andcoloraredeterminedbythefirstshot.

•Whenyouwanttoshootsingleimagesonly,pressthe<m>button,choose[ ]inthemenu,andthenchoose[ ].

Page 61: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

61

Shooting(SmartAuto)

StillImages Movies

Image Stabilization IconsOptimalimagestabilizationfortheshootingconditionsisautomaticallyapplied(IntelligentIS).Additionally,thefollowingiconsaredisplayedin<A>mode.

Imagestabilizationforstillimages

Imagestabilizationformovies,reducingstrongcamerashake,aswhenshootingwhilewalking(DynamicIS)

Imagestabilizationforstillimages,whenpanning*

Imagestabilizationforslowcamerashake,suchaswhenshootingmoviesattelephoto(PoweredIS)

Imagestabilizationformacroshots(HybridIS)

Noimagestabilization,becausethecameraismountedonatripodorheldstillbyothermeans

*Displayedwhenyoupan,followingmovingsubjectswiththecamera.Whenyoufollowsubjectsmovinghorizontally,imagestabilizationonlycounteractsverticalcamerashake,andhorizontalstabilizationstops.Similarly,whenyoufollowsubjectsmovingvertically,imagestabilizationonlycounteractshorizontalcamerashake.

• Tocancelimagestabilization,set[ISMode]to[Off](=160).Inthiscase,anISiconisnotdisplayed.

Page 62: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

62

Shooting(SmartAuto)

StillImages Movies

On-Screen FramesAvarietyofframesaredisplayedoncethecameradetectssubjectsyouareaimingthecameraat.• Awhiteframeisdisplayedaroundthesubject(orperson’sface)determinedbythecameratobethemainsubject,andgrayframesaredisplayedaroundotherdetectedfaces.Framesfollowmovingsubjectswithinacertainrangetokeeptheminfocus.However,ifthecameradetectssubjectmovement,onlythewhiteframewillremainonthescreen.

• Whenyouarepressingtheshutterbuttonhalfwayandthecameradetectssubjectmovement,ablueframeisdisplayed,andthefocusandimagebrightnessareconstantlyadjusted(ServoAF).

•Tryshootingin<G>mode(=123)ifnoframesaredisplayed,ifframesarenotdisplayedarounddesiredsubjects,orifframesaredisplayedonthebackgroundorsimilarareas.

Page 63: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

63

Common, Convenient Features

StillImages Movies

Zooming In Closer on Subjects (Digital Zoom)Whendistantsubjectsaretoofarawaytoenlargeusingtheopticalzoom,usedigitalzoomforuptoabout20xenlargement.

1 Movethezoomlevertoward<i>.zz Holdtheleveruntilzoomingstops.XX Zoomingstopsatthelargestpossiblezoomfactor(beforetheimagebecomesnoticeablygrainy),whichisthenindicatedonthescreen.

ZoomFactor 2 Movethezoomlevertoward<i>again.XX Thecamerazoomsinevencloseronthesubject.

•Movingthezoomleverwilldisplaythezoombar(whichindicatesthezoomposition).Thecolorofthezoombarwillchangedependingonthezoomrange.-Whiterange:opticalzoomrangewheretheimagewillnotappeargrainy.-Yellowrange:digitalzoomrangewheretheimageisnotnoticeablygrainy(ZoomPlus).-Bluerange:digitalzoomrangewheretheimagewillappeargrainy.Becausethebluerangewillnotbeavailableatsomeresolutionsettings(=81),themaximumzoomfactorcanbeachievedbyfollowingstep1.

Page 64: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

64

Common,ConvenientFeatures

• Focallengthwhenopticalanddigitalzoomarecombinedisasfollows(35mmfilmequivalent).28–560mm(28–140mmwithopticalzoomalone)

• Todeactivatedigitalzoom,pressthe<n>button,choose[DigitalZoom]onthe[4]tab,andthenchoose[Off].

StillImages Movies

Using the Self-TimerWiththeself-timer,youcanincludeyourselfingroupphotosorothertimedshots.Thecamerawillshootabout10secondsafteryoupresstheshutterbutton.

1 Configurethesetting.zz Pressthe<m>button,choose[ ]inthemenu,andthenchoosethe[]]option(=47).XXOncethesettingiscomplete,[]]isdisplayed.

2 Shoot.zz ForStillImages:Presstheshutterbuttonhalfwaytofocusonthesubject,andthenpressitallthewaydown.zz ForMovies:Pressthemoviebutton.

Page 65: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

65

Common,ConvenientFeatures

XXOnceyoustarttheself-timer,thelampwillblinkandthecamerawillplayaself-timersound.XX Twosecondsbeforetheshot,theblinkingandsoundwillspeedup.(Thelampwillremainlitincasetheflashfires.)zz Tocancelshootingafteryouhavetriggeredtheself-timer,pressthe<n>button.zz Torestoretheoriginalsetting,choose[ ]instep1.

StillImages Movies

UsingtheSelf-TimertoAvoidCameraShakeThisoptiondelaysshutterreleaseuntilabouttwosecondsafteryouhavepressedtheshutterbutton.Ifthecameraisunsteadywhileyouarepressingtheshutterbutton,itwillnotaffectyourshot.

Configurethesetting.zz Followstep1on=64andchoose[[].XXOncethesettingiscomplete,[[]isdisplayed.zz Followstep2on=64toshoot.

Page 66: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

66

Common,ConvenientFeatures

StillImages Movies

CustomizingtheSelf-TimerYoucanspecifythedelay(0–30seconds)andnumberofshots(1–10).

1 Choose[$].zz Followingstep1on=64,choose[$]andpressthe<n>button.

2 Configurethesetting.zz Turnthe<z>dialtosetthedelay.Pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtospecifythenumberofshots,andthenpressthe<m>button.XXOncethesettingiscomplete,[$]isdisplayed.zz Followstep2on=64toshoot.

•Formoviesshotusingtheself-timer,thedelayrepresentsthedelaybeforerecordingbegins,butthesettingforthenumberofshotshasnoeffect.

•Whenyouspecifymultipleshots,imagebrightnessandwhitebalancearedeterminedbythefirstshot.Moretimeisrequiredbetweenshotswhentheflashfiresorwhenyouhavespecifiedtotakemanyshots.Shootingwillstopautomaticallywhenthememorycardbecomesfull.

•Whenadelaylongerthantwosecondsisspecified,twosecondsbeforetheshot,thelampblinkingandself-timersoundwillspeedup.(Thelampwillremainlitincasetheflashfires.)

Page 67: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

67

Common,ConvenientFeatures

StillImages

Adding a Date StampThecameracanaddtheshootingdatetoimages,inthelower-rightcorner.However,notethatdatestampscannotbeeditedorremoved,soconfirmbeforehandthatthedateandtimearecorrect(=20).

1 Configurethesetting.zz Pressthe<n>button,choose[DateStamp]onthe[4]tab,andthenchoosethedesiredoption(=48).XXOncethesettingiscomplete,[DATE]isdisplayed.

2 Shoot.XXAsyoutakeshots,thecameraaddstheshootingdateortimetothelower-rightcornerofimages.zz Torestoretheoriginalsetting,choose[Off]instep1.

•Datestampscannotbeeditedorremoved.

• Shotstakenwithoutaddingadatestampcanbeprintedwithoneasfollows.However,addingadatestampthiswaytoimagesthatalreadyhaveonemaycauseittobeprintedtwice.-UsetheincludedsoftwaretoprintFordetails,refertotheSoftware Guide(=30).

-Printusingprinterfunctions(=259)-UsecameraDPOFprintsettings(=266)toprint

Page 68: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

68

Common,ConvenientFeatures

StillImages

Choosing Subjects to Focus On (Tracking AF)Shootafterchoosingasubjecttofocusonasfollows.

1 SpecifyTrackingAF.zz Pressthe<o>button.XX [ ]isdisplayedinthecenterofthescreen.

2 Chooseasubjecttofocuson.zz Aimthecamerasothat[ ]isonthedesiredsubject,andthenpresstheshutterbuttonhalfway.XXAblueframeisdisplayed,andthecamerawillkeepthesubjectinfocusandimagebrightnessadjusted(ServoAF).

3 Shoot.zz Presstheshutterbuttonallthewaydowntoshoot.zz Pressthe<o>buttontocancelTrackingAF.

• Trackingmaynotbepossiblewhensubjectsaretoosmallormovetoorapidly,orwhensubjectcolororbrightnessmatchesthatofthebackgroundtooclosely.

Page 69: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

69

Using Face IDIfyouregisterapersonaheadoftime,thecamerawilldetectthatperson’sface,andprioritizefocus,brightness,andcolorforthatpersonwhenshooting.In<A>mode,thecameracandetectbabiesandchildrenbasedonregisteredbirthdaysandoptimizesettingsforthemwhenshooting.Thisfunctionisalsousefulwhensearchingforaspecificregisteredpersonamongalargenumberofimages(=181).

PersonalInformation• Informationsuchasimagesofaface(faceinfo)registeredwithFaceID,andpersonalinformation(name,birthday)willbesavedonthecamera.Additionally,whenregisteredpeoplearedetected,theirnameswillberecordedinstillimages.WhenusingtheFaceIDfunction,becarefulwhensharingthecameraorimageswithothers,andwhenpostingimagesonlinewheremanyotherscanviewthem.

• WhendisposingofacameraortransferringittoanotherpersonafterusingFaceID,besuretoeraseallinformation(registeredfaces,names,andbirthdays)fromthecamera(=79).

Registering Face ID InformationYoucanregisterinformation(faceinfo,name,birthday)forupto12peopletousewithFaceID.

1 Accessthesettingscreen.zz Pressthe<n>button,choose[FaceIDSettings]onthe[4]tab,andthenpressthe<m>button(=48).

Page 70: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

70

UsingFaceID

zz Pressthe<o><p>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtochoose[AddtoRegistry],andthenchoose[AddaNewFace].

2 Registerfaceinformation.zz Aimthecamerasothatthefaceofthepersonyouwanttoregisterisinsidethegrayframeatthecenterofthescreen.zz Awhiteframeontheperson’sfaceindicatesthatthefaceisrecognized.Makesureawhiteframeisdisplayedontheface,andthenshoot.zz Ifthefaceisnotrecognized,youcannotregisterfaceinformation.

3 Savethesettings.zz After[Register?]isdisplayed,pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtochoose[OK],andthenpressthe<m>button.

Page 71: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

71

UsingFaceID

XX The[EditProfile]screenisdisplayed.

4 Enteraname.zz Pressthe<m>button.zz Pressthe<o><p><q><r>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtochooseacharacter,andthenpressthe<m>buttontoenterit.zz Upto10characterscanbeused.zz Tomovethecursor,choose[ ]or[ ]andpressthe<m>button,orturnthe<z>dial.zz Todeletethepreviouscharacter,eitherpressthe<a>buttonorchoose[ ]andpressthe<m>button.zz Pressthe<n>buttontoreturntotheeditprofilescreen.

5 Enterabirthday.zz Pressthe<o><p>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtochoose[Birthday],andthenpressthe<m>button.zz Pressthe<q><r>buttonstochooseasetting.zz Pressthe<o><p>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtospecifythedate.zz Whenfinished,pressthe<m>button.

Page 72: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

72

UsingFaceID

6 Savethesettings.zz Pressthe<o><p>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtochoose[Save],andthenpressthe<m>button.zz Afteramessageisdisplayed,pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtochoose[Yes],andthenpressthe<m>button.

7 Continueregisteringfaceinformation.zz Toregisterupto4morepointsoffaceinformation(expressionsorangles),repeatsteps2–3.zz Registeredfacesaremoreeasilyrecognizedifyouaddavarietyoffaceinformation.Inadditiontoahead-onangle,addaslightsideangle,ashotwhensmiling,andshotsinsideandoutside.

•Theflashwillnotfirewhenfollowingstep2.• Ifyoudonotregisterabirthdayinstep5,BabiesorChildrenicons

(=59)willnotdisplayin<A>mode.

• Youcanoverwriteregisteredfaceinfo,andaddfaceinfolaterifyouhavenotfilledall5faceinfoslots(=76).

Page 73: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

73

UsingFaceID

ShootingIfyouregisterapersonaheadoftime,thecamerawillprioritizethatpersonasthemainsubject,andoptimizefocus,brightness,andcolorforthatpersonwhenshooting.

XXWhenyoupointthecameratowardasubject,thenamesofupto3registeredpeoplewillbedisplayedwhentheyaredetected.zz Shoot.XXDisplayednameswillberecordedinstillimages.Evenifpeoplearedetected,buttheirnamesarenotdisplayed,thenames(upto5people)willberecordedintheimage.

•Peopleotherthanthoseregisteredmaybemistakenlydetectedastheregisteredpersoniftheysharesimilarfacialfeatures.

• Registeredpeoplemaynotbecorrectlydetectedifthecapturedimageorscenediffersdrasticallyfromtheregisteredfaceinformation.

• Ifaregisteredfaceisnotdetected,ornoteasilydetected,overwriteregisteredinformationwithnewfaceinfo.Registeringfaceinforightbeforeshootingwillallowforeasierdetectionofregisteredfaces.

• Ifapersonismistakenlydetectedasanotherpersonandyoucontinueshooting,youcaneditorerasethenamerecordedintheimageduringplayback(=187).

• Becausefacesofbabiesandchildrenchangequicklyastheygrow,youshouldupdatetheirfaceinforegularly(=76).

•Wheninformationdisplayissettooff(=46),nameswillnotdisplay,butwillberecordedintheimage.

• Ifyoudon’twantnamestoberecordedinstillimages,choose[FaceIDSettings]onthe[4]tab,choose[FaceID],andthenchoose[Off].

• Youcanchecknamesrecordedinimagesintheplaybackscreen(simpleinformationdisplay)(=174).

Page 74: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

74

UsingFaceID

Checking and Editing Registered Information

CheckingRegisteredFaceIDInformation1 Accessthe[Check/EditInfo]

screen.zz Followingstep1on=69,choose[Check/EditInfo]andpressthe<m>button.

2 Chooseapersontocheck.zz Pressthe<o><p><q><r>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtochooseaperson,andthenpressthe<m>button.

3 Checktheregisteredinformation.zz Pressthe<o><p>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtochooseanitem,andthenpressthe<m>button.zz Checktheregisteredinformation.

Page 75: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

75

UsingFaceID

ChangingtheNameorBirthday1 Accessthe[EditProfile]screen.zz Followingsteps1–3on=74,choose[EditProfile]andpressthe<m>button.

2 Inputchanges.zz Pressthe<o><p>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtochooseanitem,andfollowsteps4–5on=71toinputchanges.

•Evenifyouchangenamesin[EditProfile],thenamesrecordedinpreviouslyshotimageswillremainthesame.

• Youcanusetheincludedsoftwaretoeditregisterednames.Somecharactersenteredwiththeincludedsoftwaremaynotdisplayonthecamera,butwillbecorrectlyrecordedinimages.

Page 76: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

76

UsingFaceID

OverwritingandAddingFaceInformationYoucanoverwriteexistingfaceinformationwithnewfaceinfo.Youshouldupdatefaceinformationregularly,especiallywithbabiesandchildren,astheirfaceschangequicklyastheygrow.Youcanalsoaddfaceinformationwhenall5faceinfoslotshavenotbeenfilled.

1 Accessthe[AddFaceInfo]screen.zz Onthescreeninstep1on=69,choose[AddFaceInfo]andpressthe<m>button.

2 Choosethenameofthepersontooverwrite.zz Pressthe<o><p><q><r>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtochoosethenameofapersontooverwrite,andthenpressthe<m>button.zz If4orlessfaceinformationslotsareregistered,followstep5on=77toaddmorefaceinfo.

3 Accessthefaceinfoscreen.zz Readthemessagethatdisplays,pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtochoose[OK],andthenpressthe<m>button.XX Thefaceinfoscreenisdisplayed.

Page 77: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

77

UsingFaceID

4 Choosethefaceinfotooverwrite.zz Pressthe<o><p><q><r>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtochoosethefaceinfotooverwrite,andthenpressthe<m>button.

5 Registerfaceinformation.zz Followsteps2–3on=70toshoot,andthenregisterthenewfaceinformation.zz Registeredfacesaremoreeasilyrecognizedifyouaddavarietyoffaceinformation.Inadditiontoahead-onangle,addaslightsideangle,ashotwhensmiling,andshotsinsideandoutside.

• Youcannotaddfaceinformationifall5informationslotsarefilled.Followthestepsabovetooverwritefaceinformation.

• Youcanfollowtheabovestepstoregisternewfaceinfowhenthereisatleastoneslotopen,howeveryoucannotoverwriteanyfaceinformation.Insteadofoverwritingfaceinfo,firsteraseunwantedexistinginfo(=78),andthenregisternewfaceinformation(=69)asneeded.

Page 78: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

78

UsingFaceID

ErasingFaceInformation1 Accessthe[Check/EditInfo]

screen.zz Followingstep1on=69,choose[Check/EditInfo]andpressthe<m>button.

2 Choosethenameofthepersonwhosefaceinfoyouwanttoerase.zz Pressthe<o><p><q><r>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtochoosethenameofthepersonwhosefaceinfoyouwanttoerase,andthenpressthe<m>button.

3 Accessthe[FaceInfoList]screen.zz Pressthe<o><p>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtochoose[FaceInfoList],andthenpressthe<m>button.

4 Choosethefaceinfotoerase.zz Pressthe<m>button,pressthe<o><p><q><r>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtochoosethefaceinfoyouwanttoerase,andthenpressthe<m>button.zz After[Erase?]isdisplayed,pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtochoose[OK],andthenpressthe<m>button.XX Theselectedfaceinfowillbeerased.

Page 79: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

79

UsingFaceID

Erasing Registered InformationYoucaneraseinformation(faceinfo,name,birthday)registeredtoFaceID.However,namesrecordedinpreviouslyshotimageswillnotbeerased.

1 Accessthe[EraseInfo]screen.zz Followstep1on=69andchoose[EraseInfo].

2 Choosethenameofthepersonwhoseinfoyouwanttoerase.zz Pressthe<o><p><q><r>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtochoosethenameofapersontoerase,andthenpressthe<m>button.zz After[Erase?]isdisplayed,pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtochoose[OK],andthenpressthe<m>button.

• Ifyouerasearegisteredperson’sinfo,youwillnotbeabletodisplaytheirname(=46),overwritetheirinfo(=187),orsearchimagesforthem(=181).

• Youcanalsoeraseaperson’snameonlyfromimages(=188).

Page 80: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

80

Image Customization Features

StillImages

Changing the Aspect RatioChangetheimageaspectratio(ratioofwidthtoheight)asfollows.

Configurethesetting.zz Pressthe<m>button,choose[ ]inthemenu,andchoosethedesiredoption(=47).XXOncethesettingiscomplete,thescreenaspectratiowillbeupdated.zz Torestoretheoriginalsetting,repeatthisprocessbutchoose[ ].

UsedfordisplayonwidescreenHDTVsorsimilardisplaydevices.

Sameaspectratioas35mmfilm,usedforprintingimagesat5x7-inchorpostcardsizes.Nativeaspectratioofthecamerascreen,alsousedfordisplayonstandard-definitiontelevisionsorsimilardisplaydevices,orforprintingimagesat3.5x5-inchorA-seriessizes.

Squareaspectratio.

Aspectratiocommonlyusedforportraits.

Page 81: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

81

ImageCustomizationFeatures

StillImages

Changing Image Resolution (Size)Choosefrom4levelsofimageresolution,asfollows.Forguidelinesonhowmanyshotsateachresolutionsettingcanfitonamemorycard,see“Specifications”(=303).

Configurethesetting.zz Pressthe<m>button,choose[ ]inthemenu,andchoosethedesiredoption(=47).XX Theoptionyouconfiguredisnowdisplayed.zz Torestoretheoriginalsetting,repeatthisprocessbutchoose[ ].

GuidelinesforChoosingResolutionBasedonPaperSize(for4:3Images)

A2(16.5x23.4in.)

A3–A5(11.7x16.5–5.8x8.3in.)

5x7in.Postcard3.5x5in.

zz [ ]:Fore-mailingimages.

Page 82: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

82

ImageCustomizationFeatures

StillImages

Red-Eye CorrectionRed-eyethatoccursintheflashphotographycanbeautomaticallycorrectedasfollows.

1 Accessthe[Built-inFlashSettings]screen.zz Pressthe<n>button,choose[FlashControl]onthe[4]tab,andthenpressthe<m>button(=48).

2 Configurethesetting.zz Choose[Red-EyeCorr.],andthenchoose[On](=48).XXOncethesettingiscomplete,[R]isdisplayed.zz Torestoretheoriginalsetting,repeatthisprocessbutchoose[Off].

•Red-eyecorrectionmaybeappliedtoimageareasotherthaneyes(ifthecameramisinterpretsredeyemakeupasredpupils,forexample).

• Youcanalsocorrectexistingimages(=211).• Youcanalsoaccessthescreeninstep2byholdingdownthe<r>buttonforatleastonesecond.

• Youcanalsoaccessthescreeninstep2whentheflashisupbypressingthe<r>buttonandimmediatelypressingthe<n>button.

Page 83: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

83

ImageCustomizationFeatures

StillImages

Correcting Greenish Image Areas from Mercury Lamps

Inshotsofeveningsceneswithsubjectsilluminatedbymercurylamps,thesubjectsorbackgroundmayappeartohaveagreenishtinge.Thisgreenishtingecanbecorrectedautomaticallywhenshooting,usingMulti-areaWhiteBalance.

Configurethesetting.zz Pressthe<n>button,choose[HgLampCorr.]onthe[4]tab,andthenchoose[On](=48).XXOncethesettingiscomplete,[ ]isdisplayed.zz Torestoretheoriginalsetting,repeatthisprocessbutchoose[Off].

•Afteryouarefinishedshootingundermercurylamps,youshouldset[HgLampCorr.]backto[Off].Otherwise,greenhuesnotcausedbymercurylampsmaybecorrectedbymistake.

• Trytakingsometestshotsfirsttomakesureyouobtainthedesiredresults.

Page 84: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

84

ImageCustomizationFeatures

Movies

Changing Movie Image Quality3imagequalitysettingsareavailable.Forguidelinesonthemaximummovielengthateachlevelofimagequalitythatwillfitonamemorycard,see“Specifications”(=303).

Configurethesetting.zz Pressthe<m>button,choose[ ]inthemenu,andchoosethedesiredoption(=47).XX Theoptionyouconfiguredisnowdisplayed.zz Torestoretheoriginalsetting,repeatthisprocessbutchoose[ ].

ImageQuality Resolution FrameRate Details

1920x1080* 24fps ForshootinginFullHD

1280x720 30fps ForshootinginHD

640x480 30fps Forshootinginstandarddefinition

*FineDetailMovieProcessing(Thisfunctionquicklyprocessesalargeamountofinformation,makingitpossibletorecordevenfinerdetailsinmovies.)

• In[ ]and[ ]modes,blackbarsdisplayedonthetopandbottomedgesofthescreenindicateimageareasnotrecorded.

Page 85: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

85

ImageCustomizationFeatures

Movies

Using the Wind FilterDistortedaudiocausedbyrecordingwhenthewindisstrongcanbereduced.However,therecordingmaysoundunnaturalwhenthisoptionisusedwhenthereisnowind.

Configurethesetting.zz Pressthe<n>button,choose[WindFilter]onthe[4]tab,andthenchoose[On](=48).zz Torestoretheoriginalsetting,repeatthisprocessbutchoose[Off].

Page 86: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

86

Helpful Shooting Features

StillImages Movies

Using the Dual Axis Electronic LevelAnelectroniclevelcanbedisplayedasaguidelinetoensurethecameraislevelfromfronttobackandlefttoright.

1 Displaytheelectroniclevel.zz Pressthe<p>buttonseveraltimestodisplaytheelectroniclevel.

BackorForward

LeftorRight

2 Straightenthecamera.zz Ifthecameraistilted,moveitsothattheredlinechangestogreen.

• Iftheelectroniclevelisnotdisplayedinstep1,pressthe<n>button,andonthe[4]tab,choose[CustomDisplay].Adda[ ]to[ ]or[ ]tochoosetheelectroniclevel.

• Theelectroniclevelisnotdisplayedduringmovierecording.• Ifyouholdthecameravertically,theorientationoftheelectroniclevelwillbeupdatedautomaticallytomatchthecameraorientation.

• Calibratetheelectroniclevelifitseemsineffectiveinhelpingyoulevelthecamera(=228).

Page 87: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

87

HelpfulShootingFeatures

StillImages

Magnifying the Area in FocusYoucancheckthefocusbypressingtheshutterbuttonhalfway,whichwillenlargetheportionoftheimageinfocusintheAFframe.

1 Configurethesetting.zz Pressthe<n>button,choose[AF-PointZoom]onthe[4]tab,andthenchoose[On](=48).

2 Checkthefocus.zz Presstheshutterbuttonhalfway.Thefacedetectedasthemainsubjectisnowmagnified.zz Torestoretheoriginalsetting,choose[Off]instep1.

•Theareainfocuswillnotbemagnifiedwhenyoupresstheshutterbuttonhalfwayifafacewasnotdetected,ifthepersonistooclosetothecameraandtheirfaceistoolargeforthescreen,orifthecameradetectssubjectmovement.

• Thedisplaywillnotmagnifywhenusingthedigitalzoom(=63)orTrackingAF(=148).

Page 88: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

88

HelpfulShootingFeatures

StillImages

Checking for Closed Eyes[ ]isdisplayedwhenthecameradetectsthatpeoplemayhaveclosedtheireyes.

1 Configurethesetting.zz Pressthe<n>button,choose[BlinkDetection]onthe[4]tab,andthenchoose[On](=48).

2 Shoot.XX [ ]isdisplayedwhenthecameradetectsapersonwhoseeyesareclosed.zz Torestoretheoriginalsetting,choose[Off]instep1.

•Whenyouhavespecifiedmultipleshotsin[$]mode,thisfunctionisonlyavailableforthefinalshot.

• Thisfeatureisnotavailableduringcontinuousshootingin[ ]mode(=139).

• Aframeisdisplayedaroundpeoplewhoseeyesareclosedwhenyouhaveselected2–10secondsin[Review],orifyouhaveselected[Hold](=90).

Page 89: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

89

Customizing Camera OperationCustomizeshootingfunctionsonthe[4]tabofthemenuasfollows.Forinstructionsonmenufunctions,see“nMenu”(=48).

StillImages

Deactivating the AF Assist BeamYoucandeactivatethelampthatnormallylightsuptohelpyoufocuswhenyoupresstheshutterbuttonhalfwayinlow-lightconditions.

Configurethesetting.zz Pressthe<n>button,choose[AF-assistBeam]onthe[4]tab,andthenchoose[Off](=48).zz Torestoretheoriginalsetting,repeatthisprocessbutchoose[On].

StillImages

Deactivating the Red-Eye Reduction LampYoucandeactivatethered-eyereductionlampthatlightsuptoreducered-eyewhentheflashisusedinlow-lightshots.

1 Accessthe[Built-inFlashSettings]screen.zz Pressthe<n>button,choose[FlashControl]onthe[4]tab,andthenpressthe<m>button(=48).

2 Configurethesetting.zz Choose[Red-EyeLamp],andthenchoose[Off](=48).zz Torestoretheoriginalsetting,repeatthisprocessbutchoose[On].

Page 90: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

90

CustomizingCameraOperation

StillImages

Changing the Image Display Period After Shots

Changehowlongimagesaredisplayedaftershotsasfollows.

Configurethesetting.zz Pressthe<n>button,choose[Review]onthe[4]tab,andthenchoosethedesiredoption(=48).zz Torestoretheoriginalsetting,repeatthisprocessbutchoose[Quick].

Quick Displaysimagesonlyuntilyoucanshootagain.

2–10sec.

Displaysimagesforthespecifiedtime.Evenwhiletheshotisdisplayed,youcantakeanothershotbypressingtheshutterbuttonhalfwayagain.

Hold Displaysimagesuntilyoupresstheshutterbuttonhalfway.

Off Noimagedisplayaftershots.

Page 91: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

91

CustomizingCameraOperation

StillImages

Changing the Image Display Style After ShotsChangethewayimagesaredisplayedaftershotsasfollows.

1 In[Review],chooseeither2–10secondsor[Hold](=90).

2 Configurethesetting.zz Pressthe<n>button,choose[ReviewInfo]onthe[4]tab,andthenchoosethedesiredoption(=48).zz Torestoretheoriginalsetting,repeatthisprocessbutchoose[Off].Off Displaysonlytheimage.

Detailed Displaysshootingdetails(=288).

FocusCheck

ShowstheareaintheAFframemagnified,enablingyoutocheckthefocus.Followthestepsin“CheckingtheFocus”(=179).

Page 92: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

92

Page 93: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

93

Other Shooting ModesShootmoreeffectivelyinvariousscenes,andtakeshotsenhancedwithuniqueimageeffectsorcapturedusingspecialfunctions

3

Page 94: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

94

StillImages Movies

Auto Clip Recording (Movie Digest)Youcanmakeashortmovieofadayjustbyshootingstillimages.Beforeeachshot,thecamerawillautomaticallyrecordamovieclipofthescene.Eachcliprecordedthatdayiscombinedintoasinglefile.

1 Enter< >mode.zz Setthemodedialto< >.

2 Shoot.zz Toshootastillimage,presstheshutterbuttonallthewaydown.XXBeforeshooting,thecamerawillautomaticallyrecordaclipabout2–4secondslong.

•Clipsmaynotberecordedifyoushootastillimageimmediatelyafterturningthecameraon,choosing< >mode,oroperatingthecamerainotherways.

•Batterylifeisshorterinthismodethanin<A>mode,becauseclipsarerecordedforeachshot.

•Anysoundsfromcameraoperationsduringmovierecordingwillbeincludedinthemovie.

•Moviescreatedin< >modecanbeviewedbydate(=185).•Moviescreatedin< >modearesavedasiFramemovies(=120).• Althoughtheclipsrecordedonaparticulardayarecombinedintoasinglefile,individualclips(chapters)canbeedited(=215).

• Clipsaresavedasseparatemoviefilesinthefollowingcaseseveniftheywererecordedonthesamedayin< >mode.-Ifthemoviefilesizereachesabout4GBorthetotalrecordingtimereachesapprox.29minutesand59seconds

-Ifamovieisprotected(=192)-Ifthedaylightsavingtime(=21)ortimezone(=220)settingshavebeenchanged

-Ifanewfolderiscreated(=225)• Somecamerasoundswillbemuted.Soundsarenotplayedwhenyoupresstheshutterbuttonhalfway,usecameracontrols,ortriggertheself-timer(=219).

Page 95: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

95

Specific ScenesChooseamodematchingtheshootingscene,andthecamerawillautomaticallyconfigurethesettingsforoptimalshots.

1 Enter<K>mode.zz Setthemodedialto<K>.

2 Chooseashootingmode.zz Pressthe<m>button,choose[I]inthemenu,andthenchooseashootingmode(=47).

3 Shoot.

StillImages Movies

IShootportraits(Portrait)zz Takeshotsofpeoplewithasofteningeffect.

StillImages

Shooteveningsceneswithoutusingatripod(HandheldNightScene)zz Beautifulshotsofeveningscenesorportraitswitheveningsceneryinthebackground,withouttheneedtoholdthecameraverystill(aswithatripod).zz Asingleimageiscreatedbycombiningconsecutiveshots,reducingcamerashakeandimagenoise.

Page 96: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

96

SpecificScenes

StillImages Movies

SShootunderwater(Underwater)zz Natural-coloredshotsofsealifeandunderwaterscenery,whenyouuseanoptionalwaterproofcase(=237).zz Thismodecancorrectwhitebalanceandmatchtheeffectofusingacommerciallyavailablecolor-compensatingfilter(=135).

StillImages Movies

PShootwithsnowybackgrounds(Snow)zz Bright,natural-coloredshotsofpeopleagainstsnowybackgrounds.

StillImages Movies

tShootfireworks(Fireworks)zz Vividshotsoffireworks.

•Subjectsappearlargerin[ ]modecomparedtoothermodes.• In[ ]and[S]modes,shotsmaylookgrainybecausetheISOspeed(=129)isincreasedtosuittheshootingconditions.

•Becausethecamerawillshootcontinuouslyin[ ]mode,holditsteadywhileshooting.

• In[ ]mode,excessivecamerashakeorcertainshootingconditionsmaypreventyoufromobtainingthedesiredresults.

• In[t]mode,mountthecameraonatripodortakeothermeasurestokeepitstillandpreventcamerashake.Additionally,youshouldset[ISMode]to[Off]whenusingatripodorothermeanstoholdthecamerastill(=160).

Page 97: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

97

SpecificScenes

•Whenyouuseatripodforeveningscenes,shootingin[A]modeinsteadof[ ]modewillgivebetterresults(=54).

StillImages

ShootingWithanUnderwaterFocusingRangeIffocusingisdifficultin[S]mode(=96)withafocusrangeof[ ],usingafocusrangedesignedforunderwatershootingcanensureoptimalunderwatershots.

1 Configurethesetting.zz Followsteps1–2on=95andchoose[S].zz Pressthe<q>button,choosethedesiredfocusrange(eitherpressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe<7>dial),andthenpressthe<m>button.

2 Shoot.FocusingRange Description

UnderwaterMacroTakeclose-upsofsealife,usingthedigitalzoomforevenclosershots.

8QuickAvoidmissingunexpectedunderwatershootingopportunitieswhenshootingsubjectssomedistanceaway.Especiallyeffectiveformovingsubjects.

f ManualFocus Focusonsubjectsmanually(=142).

Referto“Specifications”(=303)fordetailsontherangeofeachfocusrange.

• In[ ]mode,opticalzoomissettomaximumwideangle.• In[ ]mode,useofdigitalzoommaycauseimagestoappeargrainyatsomeresolutions(=81).

• In[8]mode,subjectsatcloserangemaynotbeinfocus.Inthiscase,trysettingthefocusrangeto[ ].

• [ ]and[8]arenotavailablein[TrackingAF]AFframemode(=148).

Page 98: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

98

SpecificScenes

StillImages

Making Skin Look Smoother (Smooth Skin)Youcanapplyasmootheningeffectwhenshootingimagesofpeople.Theeffectlevelandcolor([LighterSkinTone],[DarkerSkinTone])canbechosenasfollows.

1 Choose[ ].zz Followsteps1–2on=95andchoose[ ].

2 Accessthesettingscreen.zz Pressthe< >button.

3 Configurethesetting.zz Pressthe<o><p>buttonstochooseanoption.Choosetheeffectlevel(eitherpressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe<7>dial),andthenpressthe< >button.XXApreviewisshownofhowyourshotwilllookwiththeeffectapplied.

4 Shoot.

•Areasotherthanpeople’sskinmaybemodified.•Trytakingsometestshotsfirsttomakesureyouobtainthedesiredresults.

• Theeffectwillbestrongerforthefaceofthepersondetectedasthemainsubject.

Page 99: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

99

Image Effects (Creative Filters)Addavarietyofeffectstoimageswhenshooting.

1 Enter< >mode.zz Setthemodedialto< >.

2 Chooseashootingmode.zz Pressthe<m>button,choose[ ]inthemenu,andthenchooseashootingmode(=47).

3 Shoot.

StillImages Movies

Shootinvividcolors(SuperVivid)zz Shotsinrich,vividcolors.

StillImages Movies

Posterizedshots(PosterEffect)zz Shotsthatresembleanoldposterorillustration.

• In[ ]and[ ]modes,trytakingsometestshotsfirst,tomakesureyouobtainthedesiredresults.

Page 100: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

100

ImageEffects(CreativeFilters)

StillImages

Shooting High-Contrast Scenes (High Dynamic Range)

Threeconsecutiveimagesarecapturedatdifferentbrightnesslevelseachtimeyoushoot,andthecameracombinesimageareaswithoptimalbrightnesstocreateasingleimage.Thismodecanreducethewashed-outhighlightsandlossofdetailinshadowsthattendstooccurinhigh-contrastshots.

1 Choose[ ].zz Followsteps1–2on=99andchoose[ ].

2 Holdthecamerastill.zz Mountthecameraonatripodortakeothermeasurestokeepitstillandpreventcamerashake.

3 Shoot.zz Whenyoupresstheshutterbuttonallthewaydown,thecamerawilltakethreeshotsandcombinethem.

•Set[ISMode]to[Off](=160)inthismode.

• Anysubjectmovementwillcauseimagestolookblurry.• Therewillbeadelaybeforeyoucanshootagain,asthecameraprocessesandcombinestheimages.

Page 101: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

101

ImageEffects(CreativeFilters)

AddingColorEffectszz Followsteps1–2on=99andchoose[ ].zz Pressthe< >button,chooseacoloreffect(eitherpressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe<7>dial),andthenpressthe< >buttonagain.

EffectOff –

Sepia Sepiatoneshots.

B/W Blackandwhiteshots.

SuperVivid Shotsinrich,vividcolors.

PosterEffect Shotsthatresembleanoldposterorillustration.

Page 102: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

102

ImageEffects(CreativeFilters)

StillImages Movies

Shooting with Faded Colors (Nostalgic)Thiseffectmakescolorslookfadedandimageslookweathered,asinoldphotographs.Choosefromfiveeffectlevels.

1 Choose[ ].zz Followsteps1–2on=99andchoose[ ].

2 Chooseaneffectlevel.zz Turnthe<z>dialtochooseaneffectlevel.XXApreviewisshownofhowyourshotwilllookwiththeeffectapplied.

3 Shoot.

•Trytakingsometestshotsfirst,tomakesureyouobtainthedesiredresults.

• Colorswilllookfadedontheshootingscreen,buttheimageagingeffectisnotshown.ReviewtheimageinPlaybackmodetoseetheeffect(=174).

• Theimageagingeffectisnotshowninmovies.

Page 103: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

103

ImageEffects(CreativeFilters)

StillImages

Shooting with a Fish-Eye Lens Effect (Fish-eye Effect)

Shootwiththedistortingeffectofafish-eyelens.

1 Choose[ ].zz Followsteps1–2on=99andchoose[ ].

2 Chooseaneffectlevel.zz Turnthe<z>dialtochooseaneffectlevel.XXApreviewisshownofhowyourshotwilllookwiththeeffectapplied.

3 Shoot.

•Trytakingsometestshotsfirst,tomakesureyouobtainthedesiredresults.

Page 104: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

104

ImageEffects(CreativeFilters)

StillImages Movies

Shots Resembling Miniature Models (Miniature Effect)

Createstheeffectofaminiaturemodel,byblurringimageareasaboveandbelowyourselectedarea.Youcanalsomakemoviesthatlooklikescenesinminiaturemodelsbychoosingtheplaybackspeedbeforethemovieisrecorded.Peopleandobjectsinthescenewillmovequicklyduringplayback.Notethatsoundisnotrecorded.

1 Choose[ ].zz Followsteps1–2on=99andchoose[ ].XXAwhiteframeisdisplayed,indicatingtheimageareathatwillnotbeblurred.

2 Choosetheareatokeepinfocus.zz Pressthe< >button.zz Movethezoomlevertoresizetheframe,andturnthe<7>dialtomoveit.

3 Formovies,choosethemovieplaybackspeed.zz Turnthe<z>dialtochoosethespeed.

4 Returntotheshootingscreenandshoot.zz Pressthe< >buttontoreturntotheshootingscreen,andthenshoot.

Page 105: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

105

ImageEffects(CreativeFilters)

PlaybackSpeedandEstimatedPlaybackTime(forOne-MinuteClips)

Speed PlaybackTime

Approx.12sec.

Approx.6sec.

Approx.3sec.

•Thezoomisnotavailablewhenshootingmovies.Besuretosetthezoombeforeshooting.

•Trytakingsometestshotsfirst,tomakesureyouobtainthedesiredresults.

• Toswitchtheorientationoftheframetovertical,pressthe<q><r>buttonsinstep2.Tomovetheframe,pressthe<q><r>buttonsagain.Toreturntheframetohorizontalorientation,pressthe<o><p>buttons.

• Holdingthecameraverticallywillchangetheorientationoftheframe.•Movieimagequalityis[ ]atanaspectratioof[ ]and[ ]atanaspectratioof[ ](=80).Thesequalitysettingscannotbechanged.

Page 106: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

106

ImageEffects(CreativeFilters)

StillImages

Shooting with a Toy Camera Effect (Toy Camera Effect)

Thiseffectmakesimagesresembleshotsfromatoycamerabyvignetting(darker,blurredimagecorners)andchangingtheoverallcolor.

1 Choose[ ].zz Followsteps1–2on=99andchoose[ ].

2 Chooseacolortone.zz Turnthe<z>dialtochooseacolortone.XXApreviewisshownofhowyourshotwilllookwiththeeffectapplied.

3 Shoot.Standard Shotsresembletoycameraimages.

Warm Imageshaveawarmertonethanwith[Standard].

Cool Imageshaveacoolertonethanwith[Standard].

•Trytakingsometestshotsfirst,tomakesureyouobtainthedesiredresults.

Page 107: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

107

ImageEffects(CreativeFilters)

StillImages

Shooting With a Soft Focus EffectThisfunctionallowsyoutoshootimagesasifasoftfocusfilterisattachedtothecamera.Youcanadjusttheeffectlevelasdesired.

1 Choose[ ].zz Followsteps1–2on=99andchoose[ ].

2 Chooseaneffectlevel.zz Turnthe<z>dialtochooseaneffectlevel.XXApreviewisshownofhowyourshotwilllookwiththeeffectapplied.

3 Shoot.

•Trytakingsometestshotsfirst,tomakesureyouobtainthedesiredresults.

Page 108: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

108

ImageEffects(CreativeFilters)

StillImages Movies

Shooting in MonochromeShootimagesinblackandwhite,sepia,orblueandwhite.

1 Choose[ ].zz Followsteps1–2on=99andchoose[ ].

2 Chooseacolortone.zz Turnthe<z>dialtochooseacolortone.XXApreviewisshownofhowyourshotwilllookwiththeeffectapplied.

3 Shoot.B/W Blackandwhiteshots.Sepia Sepiatoneshots.Blue Blueandwhiteshots.

Page 109: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

109

ImageEffects(CreativeFilters)

StillImages Movies

Shooting with Color AccentChooseasingleimagecolortokeepandchangeothercolorstoblackandwhite.

1 Choose[T].zz Followsteps1–2on=99andchoose[T].

2 Accessthesettingscreen.zz Pressthe< >button.XX TheoriginalimageandtheColorAccentimagearedisplayedoneafteranother.XXBydefault,greenisthecolorthatwillbekept.

RecordedColor

3 Specifythecolor.zz Positionthecenterframeoverthecolortokeep,andthenpressthe<q>button.XX Thespecifiedcolorisrecorded.

4 Specifytherangeofcolorstokeep.zz Pressthe<o><p>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtoadjusttherange.zz Tokeeponlyyourspecifiedcolor,choosealargenegativevalue.Tokeepcolorssimilartoyourspecifiedcoloraswell,choosealargepositivevalue.zz Pressthe< >buttontoreturntotheshootingscreen.

5 Shoot.

•Usingtheflashinthismodemaycauseunexpectedresults.• Insomeshootingscenes,imagesmaylookgrainyandcolorsmaynotlookasexpected.

Page 110: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

110

ImageEffects(CreativeFilters)

StillImages Movies

Shooting with Color SwapYoucanreplaceoneimagecolorwithanotherbeforeshooting.Notethatonlyonecolorcanbereplaced.

1 Choose[Y].zz Followsteps1–2on=99andchoose[Y].

2 Accessthesettingscreen.zz Pressthe< >button.XX TheoriginalimageandtheColorSwapimagearedisplayedoneafteranother.XXBydefault,greenwillbereplacedwithgray.

3 Specifythecolortoreplace.zz Positionthecenterframeoverthecolortoreplace,andthenpressthe<q>button.XX Thespecifiedcolorisrecorded.

4 Specifythenewcolor.zz Positionthecenterframeoverthenewcolor,andthenpressthe<r>button.XX Thespecifiedcolorisrecorded.

Page 111: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

111

ImageEffects(CreativeFilters)

5 Specifytherangeofcolorstoreplace.zz Pressthe<o><p>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtoadjusttherange.zz Toreplaceonlyyourspecifiedcolor,choosealargenegativevalue.Toreplacecolorssimilartoyourspecifiedcoloraswell,choosealargepositivevalue.zz Pressthe< >buttontoreturntotheshootingscreen.

6 Shoot.

•Usingtheflashinthismodemaycauseunexpectedresults.• Insomeshootingscenes,imagesmaylookgrainyandcolorsmaynotlookasexpected.

Page 112: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

112

Special Modes for Other Purposes

StillImages

Auto Shooting After Face Detection (Smart Shutter)

AutoShootingAfterSmileDetectionThecamerashootsautomaticallyafterdetectingasmile,evenwithoutyoupressingtheshutterbutton.

1 Choose[ ].zz Followsteps1–2on=95andchoose[ ],andthenpressthe< >button.zz Pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtochoose[ ],andthenpressthe< >button.XX Thecameranowentersshootingstandbymode,and[SmileDetectionon]isdisplayed.

2 Aimthecameraataperson.zz Eachtimethecameradetectsasmile,itwillshootafterthelamplightsup.zz Topausesmiledetection,pressthe<p>button.Pressthe<p>buttonagaintoresumedetection.

•Switchtoanothermodewhenyoufinishshooting,orthecamerawillcontinueshootingeachtimeasmileisdetected.

• Youcanalsoshootasusualbypressingtheshutterbutton.• Thecameracandetectsmilesmoreeasilywhensubjectsfacethecameraandopentheirmouthwideenoughsothatteetharevisible.

• Tochangethenumberofshots,pressthe<o><p>buttonsafterchoosing[ ]instep1.[BlinkDetection](=88)isonlyavailableforthefinalshot.

Page 113: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

113

SpecialModesforOtherPurposes

StillImages

UsingtheWinkSelf-TimerAimthecameraatapersonandpresstheshutterbuttonallthewaydown.Thecamerawillshootabouttwosecondsafterawinkisdetected.

1 Choose[ ].zz Followsteps1–2on=95andchoose[ ],andthenpressthe< >button.zz Pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtochoose[ ],andthenpressthe< >button.

2 Composetheshotandpresstheshutterbuttonhalfway.zz Makesureagreenframeisdisplayedaroundthefaceofthepersonwhowillwink.

3 Presstheshutterbuttonallthewaydown.XX Thecameranowentersshootingstandbymode,and[Winktotakepicture]isdisplayed.XX Thelampblinksandtheself-timersoundisplayed.

4 Facethecameraandwink.XX Thecamerawillshootabouttwosecondsafterdetectingawinkbythepersonwhosefaceisinsidetheframe.zz Tocancelshootingafteryouhavetriggeredtheself-timer,pressthe<n>button.

Page 114: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

114

SpecialModesforOtherPurposes

• Ifthewinkisnotdetected,winkagainslowlyanddeliberately.•Winkingmaynotbedetectedifeyesareobscuredbyhair,ahat,orglasses.• Closingandopeningbotheyesatoncewillalsobedetectedasawink.• Ifwinkingisnotdetected,thecamerawillshootabout15secondslater.• Tochangethenumberofshots,pressthe<o><p>buttonsafterchoosing[ ]instep1.[BlinkDetection](=88)isonlyavailableforthefinalshot.

• Ifnooneisintheshootingareawhentheshutterbuttonispressedallthewaydown,thecamerawillshootafterapersonenterstheshootingareaandwinks.

StillImages

UsingtheFaceSelf-TimerThecamerawillshootabouttwosecondsafterdetectingthatthefaceofanotherperson(suchasthephotographer)hasenteredtheshootingarea(=145).Thisisusefulwhenincludingyourselfingroupphotosorsimilarshots.

1 Choose[ ].zz Followsteps1–2on=95andchoose[ ],andthenpressthe< >button.zz Pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtochoose[ ],andthenpressthe< >button.

2 Composetheshotandpresstheshutterbuttonhalfway.zz Makesureagreenframeisdisplayedaroundthefaceyoufocusonandwhiteframesaroundotherfaces.

Page 115: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

115

SpecialModesforOtherPurposes

3 Presstheshutterbuttonallthewaydown.XX Thecameranowentersshootingstandbymode,and[Lookstraightatcameratostartcountdown]isdisplayed.XX Thelampblinksandtheself-timersoundisplayed.

4 Jointhesubjectsintheshootingareaandlookatthecamera.XXAfterthecameradetectsanewface,thelampblinkingandself-timersoundwillspeedup.(Whentheflashfires,thelampwillremainlit.)Abouttwosecondslater,thecamerawillshoot.zz Tocancelshootingafteryouhavetriggeredtheself-timer,pressthe<n>button.

• Evenifyourfaceisnotdetectedafteryoujointheothersintheshootingarea,thecamerawillshootabout15secondslater.

• Tochangethenumberofshots,pressthe<o><p>buttonsafterchoosing[ ]instep1.[BlinkDetection](=88)isonlyavailableforthefinalshot.

Page 116: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

116

SpecialModesforOtherPurposes

StillImages

High-Speed Continuous Shooting (High-speed Burst HQ)

Youcanshootaseriesofshotsinrapidsuccessionbyholdingtheshutterbuttonallthewaydown.Fordetailsonthecontinuousshootingspeed,see“Specifications”(=303).HQ:HighQuality

1 Choose[ ].zz Followsteps1–2on=95andchoose[ ].

2 Shoot.XXHoldtheshutterbuttonallthewaydowntoshootcontinuously.zz Shootingstopswhenyoureleasetheshutterbuttonorreachthemaximumnumberofshots,afterwhich[Busy]isdisplayedandtheshotsareshownintheorderyoutookthem.

• Focus,imagebrightness,andcoloraredeterminedbythefirstshot.• Thescreenisblankwhileyouareshooting.• Theremaybeadelayaftercontinuousshootingbeforeyoucanshootagain.Notethatsometypesofmemorycardsmaydelayyournextshotevenlonger.SDSpeedClass6orhighermemorycardsarerecommended.

• Shootingmayslowdowndependingonshootingconditions,camerasettings,andthezoomposition.

Page 117: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

117

SpecialModesforOtherPurposes

ImagesDisplayedDuringPlaybackEachsetofimagesshotcontinuouslyismanagedasasinglegroup,andonlythefirstimageinthatgroupwillbedisplayed.Toindicatethattheimageispartofagroup,[ ]isdisplayedintheupperleftofthescreen.

• Ifyoueraseagroupedimage(=197),allimagesinthegrouparealsoerased.Becarefulwhenerasingimages.

• Groupedimagescanbeplayedbackindividually(=185)andungrouped(=186).

• Protecting(=192)agroupedimagewillprotectallimagesinthegroup.• GroupedimagescanbeviewedindividuallywhenplayedbackusingImageSearch(=181)orSmartShuffle(=191).Inthiscase,imagesaretemporarilyungrouped.

• Groupedimagescannotbetaggedasfavorites(=202),edited(=200–211),categorized(=203),printed(=259),setforprintingindividually(=268),addedtoaPhotobook(=271),FaceIDinformationcannotbeedited(=187),andtheycannotbeassignedasastart-upimage(=222).Todothesethings,eitherviewgroupedimagesindividually(=185)orcancelgrouping(=186)first.

Page 118: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

118

SpecialModesforOtherPurposes

StillImages

Shooting Stitch Assist ImagesShootalargesubjectbytakingmultipleshotsatvariouspositions,andthenusetheincludedsoftware(=30)tocombinethemintoapanorama.

1 Choose[x]or[v].zz Followsteps1–2on=95andchoose[x]or[v].

2 Takethefirstshot.XX Thefirstshotwilldeterminetheexposureandwhitebalance.

3 Takeadditionalshots.zz Composethesecondshotsothatitpartiallyoverlapstheimageareaofthefirstshot.zz Minormisalignmentofoverlappingportionswillbecorrectedautomaticallywhentheimagesarecombined.zz Youcantakeupto26shots,thesamewayyoutookthesecondshot.

4 Finishshooting.zz Pressthe<m>button.

5 Usethesoftwaretocombinetheimages.zz Forinstructionsonmergingimages,refertotheSoftware Guide(=30).

• TouseAFlock,assign[%]tothe< >button(=169).

Page 119: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

119

Movies

Shooting Various Movies

Movies

Shooting Movies in <E> Mode1 Enter<E>mode.zz Setthemodedialto<E>.XXBlackbarsdisplayedonthetopandbottomedgesofthescreenindicateimageareasnotrecorded.

2 Configurethesettingstosuitthemovie(=290–299).

3 Shoot.zz Pressthemoviebutton.zz Tostopmovierecording,pressthemoviebuttonagain.

Movies

LockingorChangingImageBrightnessBeforeShootingBeforeshooting,youcanlocktheexposureorchangeitin1/3-stopincrementswithinarangeof–3to+3.

1 Locktheexposure.zz Pressthe< >buttontolocktheexposure.Theexposureshiftbarisdisplayed.zz Tounlocktheexposure,pressthe< >buttonagain.

2 Adjusttheexposure.zz Turnthe<7>dialtoadjusttheexposure,asyouwatchthescreen.

3 Shoot(=119).

Page 120: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

120

ShootingVariousMovies

Movies

Shooting iFrame MoviesShootmoviesthatcanbeeditedwithiFrame-compatiblesoftwareordevices.Youcanquicklyedit,save,andmanageiFramemoviesusingtheincludedsoftware(=30).

1 Choose[ ].zz Setthemodedialto<E>.zz Pressthe<m>button,choose[E]inthemenu,andthenchoose[ ](=47).XXBlackbarsdisplayedonthetopandbottomedgesofthescreenindicateimageareasnotrecorded.

2 Shoot(=119).

• Theresolutionis[ ](=84)andcannotbechanged.• iFrameisavideoformatdevelopedbyApple.

Page 121: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

121

ShootingVariousMovies

Movies

Shooting Super Slow Motion MoviesYoucanshootfast-movingsubjectsforplaybacklaterinslowmotion.Notethatsoundisnotrecorded.

1 Choose[ ].zz Setthemodedialto<E>.zz Pressthe<m>button,choose[E]inthemenu,andthenchoose[ ](=47).

2 Chooseaframerate.zz Pressthe<m>button,choose[ ]inthemenu,andchoosethedesiredframerate(=47).XX Theoptionyouconfiguredisnowdisplayed.

3 Shoot(=119).XXAbarshowingtheelapsedtimeisdisplayed.Maximumcliplengthisapprox.30sec.

FrameRate ImageQuality PlaybackTime(Fora30-sec.Clip)

240fps (320x240) Approx.4min.

120fps (640x480) Approx.2min.

•Zoomingisnotavailableduringrecording,evenifyoumovethezoomlever.

•Focus,exposure,andcoloraredeterminedwhenyoupressthemoviebutton.

Page 122: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

122

ShootingVariousMovies

• Themoviewillbeplayedbackinslowmotionwhenyoufollowsteps1–3on=174.

• Youcanchangetheplaybackspeedofmoviesshotin[ ]modebyusingtheincludedsoftware.Fordetails,refertotheSoftware Guide(=30).

Page 123: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

123

P ModeMorediscerningshots,inyourpreferredshootingstyle

• Instructionsinthischapterapplytothecamerawiththemodedialsetto<G>mode.

• <G>:ProgramAE;AE:AutoExposure• Beforeusingafunctionintroducedinthischapterinmodesotherthan<G>,makesurethefunctionisavailableinthatmode(=290–299).

4

Page 124: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

124

StillImages Movies

Shooting in Program AE Mode (<P> Mode)

Youcancustomizemanyfunctionsettingstosuityourpreferredshootingstyle.

1 Enter<G>mode.zz Setthemodedialto<G>.

2 Customizethesettingsasdesired(=125–160),andthenshoot.

• Ifadequateexposurecannotbeobtainedwhenyoupresstheshutterbuttonhalfway,shutterspeedsandaperturevaluesaredisplayedinorange.Toobtainadequateexposure,tryadjustingthefollowingsettings.-Activatetheflash(=154)-ChangetheISOspeed(=129)

•Moviescanberecordedin<G>modeaswell,bypressingthemoviebutton.However,someH(=47)andMenu(=48)settingsmaybeautomaticallyadjustedformovierecording.

• Fordetailsontheshootingrangein<G>mode,see“Specifications”(=303).

Page 125: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

125

Image Brightness (Exposure Compensation)

StillImages

Adjusting Image Brightness (Exposure Compensation)

Thestandardexposuresetbythecameracanbeadjustedin1/3-stopincrements,inarangeof–3to+3.

zz Asyouwatchthescreen,turntheexposurecompensationdialtoadjustbrightness.XX Thecorrectionlevelyouspecifiedisnowdisplayed.

Page 126: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

126

ImageBrightness(ExposureCompensation)

StillImages

Locking Image Brightness/Exposure (AE Lock)Beforeshooting,youcanlocktheexposure,oryoucanspecifyfocusandexposureseparately.

1 Locktheexposure.zz Aimthecameraatthesubjecttoshootwiththeexposurelocked,andthenpressthe< >button.XX [ ]isdisplayed,andtheexposureislocked.

2 Composetheshotandshoot.zz Afteroneshot,AEisunlockedand[ ]isnolongerdisplayed.

• AE:AutoExposure• Aftertheexposureislocked,youcanadjustthecombinationofshutterspeedandaperturevaluebyturningthe<7>dial(ProgramShift).

Page 127: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

127

ImageBrightness(ExposureCompensation)

StillImages

Changing the Metering MethodAdjustthemeteringmethod(howbrightnessismeasured)tosuitshootingconditionsasfollows.

zz Pressthe< >button,choosethedesiredoption(eitherpressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe<7>dial),andthenpressthe< >buttonagain.XX Theoptionyouconfiguredisnowdisplayed.

Evaluative Fortypicalshootingconditions,includingbacklitshots.Automaticallyadjustsexposuretomatchtheshootingconditions.

CenterWeightedAvg.

Determinestheaveragebrightnessoflightacrosstheentireimagearea,calculatedbytreatingbrightnessinthecentralareaasmoreimportant.

SpotMeteringrestrictedtowithinthe[ ](SpotAEPointframe).YoucanalsolinktheSpotAEPointframetotheAFframe(seebelow).

Page 128: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

128

ImageBrightness(ExposureCompensation)

StillImages

LinkingtheSpotAEPointFrametotheAFFrame1 Setthemeteringmethodto[ ].zz Followthestepson=127tochoose[ ].

2 Configurethesetting.zz Pressthe<n>button,choose[SpotAEPoint]onthe[4]tab,andthenchoose[AFPoint](=48).XX TheSpotAEPointframewillnowbelinkedtothemovementoftheAFframe(=147).

•Notavailablewhen[AFFrame]issetto[FaceAiAF](=145)or[TrackingAF](=148).

Page 129: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

129

ImageBrightness(ExposureCompensation)

StillImages

Changing the ISO Speedzz Pressthe<o>button,chooseanoption(eitherpressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe<7>dial),andthenpressthe<m>button.XX Theoptionyouconfiguredisnowdisplayed.

AutomaticallyadjuststheISOspeedtosuittheshootingmodeandconditions.

Low

High

Forshootingoutdoorsinfairweather.

Forshootingincloudyconditions,orattwilight.

Forshootingnightscenes,orindarkrooms.

• ToviewtheautomaticallysetISOspeedwhenthecameraissetto[ ],presstheshutterbuttonhalfway.

• AlthoughchoosingalowerISOspeedmayreduceimagegraininess,theremaybeagreaterriskofsubjectblurrinessinsomeshootingconditions.

• ChoosingahigherISOspeedwillincreaseshutterspeed,whichmayreducesubjectblurrinessandincreasetheflashrange.However,shotsmaylookgrainy.

• Tospecify[ ],pressthe< >buttononthesettingscreen.

Page 130: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

130

ImageBrightness(ExposureCompensation)

StillImages

Adjustingthe SettingWhenthecameraissetto[ ],maximumISOspeedcanbespecifiedinarangeof[ ]–[ ],andsensitivitycanbespecifiedinarangeofthreelevels.

1 Accessthesettingscreen.zz Pressthe<n>button,choose[ISOAutoSettings]onthe[4]tab,andthenpressthe<m>button(=48).

2 Configurethesetting.zz Chooseamenuitemtoconfigure,andthenchoosethedesiredoption(=48).

• Youcanalsoaccessthe[ISOAutoSettings]screenwhentheISOspeedsettingscreen(=129)isdisplayed,bypressingthe<n>button.

Changing the Noise Reduction Level (High ISO NR)

Youcanchoosefrom3levelsofnoisereduction:[Standard],[High],[Low].ThisfunctionisespeciallyeffectivewhenshootingathighISOspeeds.

Chooseanoisereductionlevel.zz Pressthe<n>button,choose[HighISONR]onthe[4]tab,andthenchoosethedesiredoption(=48).

• Notavailablewith[ ]or[ ](=159).

Page 131: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

131

ImageBrightness(ExposureCompensation)

StillImages

Auto Exposure Bracketing (AEB Mode)Threeconsecutiveimagesarecapturedatdifferentexposurelevels(standardexposure,underexposure,andthenoverexposure)eachtimeyoushoot.Youcanadjusttheamountofunderexposureandoverexposure(relativetostandardexposure)from–2to+2stopsin1/3-stopincrements.

1 Choose[ ].zz Pressthe<m>button,choose[ ]inthemenu,andthenchoose[ ](=47).

2 Configurethesetting.zz Pressthe<n>button,andthenadjustthesettingbypressingthe<q><r>buttonsorturningthe<7>dial.

•AEBisonlyavailablein[!]mode(=25,55).•Continuousshooting(=139)isnotavailableinthismode.

• Ifexposurecompensationisalreadyinuse(=125),thevaluespecifiedforthatfunctionistreatedasthestandardexposurelevelforthisfunction.

• Youcanalsoaccessthesettingscreenofstep2bypressingthe<n>buttonwhentheexposurecompensationscreen(=125)isdisplayed.

• Threeshotsaretaken,regardlessofanyquantityspecifiedin[$](=66).• In[BlinkDetection]mode(=88),thisfunctionisonlyavailableforthefinalshot.

Page 132: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

132

ImageBrightness(ExposureCompensation)

StillImages

Correcting Image Brightness (i-Contrast)Beforeshooting,excessivelybrightordarkimageareas(suchasfacesorbackgrounds)canbedetectedandautomaticallyadjustedtotheoptimalbrightness.Toavoidwashed-outhighlights,specifyDynamicRangeCorrection.Topreserveimagedetailinshadows,specifyShadowCorrect.

•Undersomeshootingconditions,correctionmaybeinaccurateormaycauseimagestoappeargrainy.

• Youcanalsocorrectexistingimages(=210).• Youcancustomizecameraoperationsothatturningthe<z>or<7>dialadjustsDRCorrectionorShadowCorrectsettings(=168).

StillImages

DynamicRangeCorrection(DRCorrection)Tonedownbrightimageareas,whichmightotherwiselookwashedout,asfollows.

zz Pressthe<m>button,choose[ ]inthemenu,andchoosethedesiredoption(=47).XXOncethesettingiscomplete,[@]isdisplayed.

Item Details AvailableISOSpeed(=129)

– –

Automaticadjustmenttopreventwashed-outhighlights

[ ],[ ]–[ ]

Tonedownhighlightsbyabout200%relativetothebrightnesslevelof[ ].

[ ],[ ]–[ ]

Tonedownhighlightsbyabout400%relativetothebrightnesslevelof[ ].

[ ],[ ]–[ ]

Page 133: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

133

ImageBrightness(ExposureCompensation)

• ISOspeed(=129)willbeadjustedtoaspeedwithinthesupportedrangeifyouhavespecifiedavalueoutsidethesupportedrangeindicatedhere.

StillImages

ShadowCorrectAutomaticallypreserveimagedetailinshadowsasfollows.

zz Pressthe<m>button,choose[ ]inthemenu,pressthe<n>button,andchoose[ ](=47).XXOncethesettingiscomplete,[@]isdisplayed.

Using the ND FilterToshootatslowershutterspeedsandsmalleraperturevalues,usetheNDfilter,whichreduceslightintensityto1/8theactuallevel(equivalentto3stops).

zz Pressthe<m>button,choose[ ]inthemenu,andthenchoose[ ](=47).

•Mountthecameraonatripodortakeothermeasurestokeepitstillandpreventcamerashake.Additionally,youshouldset[ISMode]to[Off]whenusingatripodorothermeanstoholdthecamerastill(=160).

Page 134: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

134

Color and Continuous Shooting

StillImages Movies

Adjusting White BalanceByadjustingwhitebalance(WB),youcanmakeimagecolorslookmorenaturalforthesceneyouareshooting.

zz Pressthe<m>button,choose[ ]inthemenu,andchoosethedesiredoption(=47).XX Theoptionyouconfiguredisnowdisplayed.

Auto Automaticallysetstheoptimalwhitebalancefortheshootingconditions.

DayLight Forshootingoutdoorsinfairweather.

Cloudy Forshootingincloudyconditions,intheshade,orattwilight.

Tungsten Forshootingunderordinaryincandescent(tungsten)lightingandsimilarlycoloredfluorescentlighting.

Fluorescent Forshootingunderwarm-white(orsimilarlycolored)orcool-whitefluorescentlighting.

FluorescentH Forshootingunderdaylightfluorescentandsimilarlycoloredfluorescentlighting.

h Flash Forshootingwiththeflash.

S Underwater Setstheoptimalwhitebalanceforshootingunderwater.Tonesdownbluestoproducenatural-lookingcolorsoverall.

Custom Formanuallysettingacustomwhitebalance(=135).

Page 135: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

135

ColorandContinuousShooting

StillImages Movies

CustomWhiteBalanceForimagecolorsthatlooknaturalunderthelightinyourshot,adjustwhitebalancetosuitthelightsourcewhereyouareshooting.Setthewhitebalanceunderthesamelightsourcethatwillilluminateyourshot.

zz Followthestepson=134andchoose[ ]or[ ].zz Aimthecameraataplainwhitesubject,sothattheentirescreeniswhite.Pressthe<n>button.XX Thetintofthescreenchangesoncethewhitebalancedatahasbeenrecorded.

•Colorsmaylookunnaturalifyouchangecamerasettingsafterrecordingwhitebalancedata.

StillImages Movies

ManuallyCorrectingWhiteBalanceYoucanmanuallycorrectwhitebalance.Thisadjustmentcanmatchtheeffectofusingacommerciallyavailablecolortemperatureconversionfilterorcolor-compensatingfilter.

1 Configurethesetting.zz Followthestepson=134tochoosethewhitebalanceoption.zz Turnthe<z>dialtoadjustthecorrectionlevelforBandA.

Page 136: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

136

ColorandContinuousShooting

2 Configureadvancedsettings.zz Toconfiguremoreadvancedsettings,pressthe<n>buttonandturnthe<z>or<7>dialtoadjustthecorrectionlevel.zz Toresetthecorrectionlevel,pressthe< >button.zz Pressthe<n>buttontocompletethesetting.

•Thecamerawillretainwhitebalancecorrectionlevelsevenifyouswitchtoanotherwhitebalanceoptioninstep1,butcorrectionlevelswillberesetifyourecordcustomwhitebalancedata.

• B:blue;A:amber;M:magenta;G:green• Onelevelofblue/ambercorrectionisequivalenttoabout7miredsonacolortemperatureconversionfilter.(Mired:Colortemperatureunitrepresentingcolortemperatureconversionfilterdensity)

• YoucancustomizecameraoperationsothattheBandAadjustmentscreencanbeaccessedsimplybyturningthe<z>dial(=168).

Page 137: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

137

ColorandContinuousShooting

StillImages Movies

Changing Image Color Tones (My Colors)Changeimagecolortonesasdesired,suchasconvertingimagestosepiaorblackandwhite.

zz Pressthe<m>button,choose[ ]inthemenu,andchoosethedesiredoption(=47).XX Theoptionyouconfiguredisnowdisplayed.

MyColorsOff –

Vivid Emphasizescontrastandcolorsaturation,makingimagessharper.

Neutral Tonesdowncontrastandcolorsaturationforsubduedimages.

Sepia Createssepiatoneimages.

B/W Createsblackandwhiteimages.

PositiveFilmCombinestheeffectsofVividBlue,VividGreen,andVividRedtoproduceintenseyetnatural-lookingcolorsresemblingimagesonpositivefilm.

LighterSkinTone Lightensskintones.

DarkerSkinTone Darkensskintones.

VividBlue Emphasizesbluesinimages.Makesthesky,ocean,andotherbluesubjectsmorevivid.

VividGreen Emphasizesgreensinimages.Makesmountains,foliage,andothergreensubjectsmorevivid.

VividRed Emphasizesredsinimages.Makesredsubjectsmorevivid.

CustomColor Adjustcontrast,sharpness,colorsaturation,andotherqualitiesasdesired(=138).

Page 138: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

138

ColorandContinuousShooting

•Whitebalance(=134)cannotbesetin[ ]or[ ]modes.•With[ ]and[ ]modes,colorsotherthanpeople’sskintonemaybemodified.Thesesettingsmaynotproducetheexpectedresultswithsomeskintones.

StillImages Movies

CustomColorChoosethedesiredlevelofimagecontrast,sharpness,colorsaturation,red,green,blue,andskintonesinarangeof1–5.

1 Accessthesettingscreen.zz Followthestepson=137tochoose[ ],andthenpressthe<n>button.

2 Configurethesetting.zz Pressthe<o><p>buttonstochooseanoption,andthenspecifythevaluebypressingthe<q><r>buttonsorturningthe<7>dial.zz Forstronger/moreintenseeffects(ordarkerskintones),adjustthevaluetotheright,andforweaker/lightereffects(orlighterskintones),adjustthevaluetotheleft.zz Pressthe<n>buttontocompletethesetting.

Page 139: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

139

ColorandContinuousShooting

StillImages

Continuous ShootingHoldtheshutterbuttonallthewaydowntoshootcontinuously.Fordetailsonthecontinuousshootingspeed,see“Specifications”(=303).

1 Configurethesetting.zz Pressthe<m>button,choose[ ]inthemenu,andchoosethedesiredoption(=47).XX Theoptionyouconfiguredisnowdisplayed.

2 Shoot.XXHoldtheshutterbuttonallthewaydowntoshootcontinuously.

Mode Description

W Continuous Continuousshooting,withthefocusandexposuredeterminedwhenyoupresstheshutterbuttonhalfway.

ContinuousShootingAF

Continuousshootingandfocusing.[AFFrame]issetto[Center]andcannotbechanged.

ContinuousShootingLV*

Continuousshooting,withthefocusfixedatthepositiondeterminedinmanualfocusing.In[t]mode,focusisdeterminedbythefirstshot.

*In[t]mode(=96),AFlock(=152),ormanualfocusmode(=142),[ ]ischangedto[ ].

*Fordetailsonthecontinuousshootingspeedineachmode,see“Specifications”(=303).

•Cannotbeusedwiththeself-timer(=64)or[BlinkDetection](=88).

•Shootingmaystopmomentarilyorcontinuousshootingmayslowdowndependingonshootingconditions,camerasettings,andthezoomposition.

•Asmoreshotsaretaken,shootingmayslowdown.•Shootingmayslowdowniftheflashfires.

Page 140: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

140

ColorandContinuousShooting

• IfyouuseFaceID(=69)in[W],thenamerecordedintheimagewillbefixedtothelocationwhereitisdisplayedinthefirstshot.Evenifthesubjectmoves,thenamewillstayfixedinthesamepositionforanysubsequentshots.

Page 141: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

141

Shooting Range and Focusing

StillImages Movies

Shooting at Preset Focal Lengths (Step Zoom)Youcanshootatpresetfocallengthsof28,35,50,85,100or140mm(35mmfilmequivalent).Thisisconvenientwhenyouwanttoshootattheangleofviewofthosefocallengths.

1 Assign[ ]tothe<z>dial(=168).

2 Chooseafocallength.zz Turnthe<z>dialclockwiseuntilitclickstochangethefocallengthfrom28mmto35mm.Keepturningthe<z>dialtoincreasethefocallength,whichchangesto50,85,100,and140mmateachclick.

•Stepzoomisnotavailablewhenshootingmoviesevenifyouturnthe<z>dial.

•Whenusingthedigitalzoom(=63),turningthe<z>dialclockwisewillnotchangethezoomfactor.However,turningthe<z>dialcounterclockwisewillsetthefocallengthto140mm.

Page 142: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

142

ShootingRangeandFocusing

StillImages Movies

Shooting Close-ups (Macro)Torestrictthefocustosubjectsatcloserange,setthecamerato[e].Fordetailsonthefocusingrange,see“Specifications”(=303).

zz Pressthe<q>button,choose[e](eitherpressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe<7>dial),andthenpressthe<m>button.XXOncethesettingiscomplete,[e]isdisplayed.

• Iftheflashfires,vignettingmayoccur.•Becarefultoavoiddamagingthelens.

• Topreventcamerashake,trymountingthecameraonatripodandshootingwiththecamerasetto[[](=65).

StillImages Movies

Shooting in Manual Focus ModeWhenfocusingisnotpossibleinAFmode,usemanualfocus.Youcanspecifythegeneralfocalpositionandthenpresstheshutterbuttonhalfwaytohavethecameradeterminetheoptimalfocalpositionnearthepositionyouspecified.Fordetailsonthefocusingrange,see“Specifications”(=303).

1 Choose[f].zz Pressthe<q>buttonandchoose[f],eitherbypressingthe<q><r>buttonsorturningthe<7>dial.Immediatelypressthe<m>button.XX [f]andtheMFindicatoraredisplayed.

Page 143: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

143

ShootingRangeandFocusing

MFIndicator

2 Specifythegeneralfocalposition.zz Referringtotheon-screenMFindicatorbar(whichshowsthedistanceandfocalposition)andthemagnifieddisplayarea,pressthe<o><p>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtospecifythegeneralfocalposition,andthenpressthe<m>button.

3 Fine-tunethefocus.zz Presstheshutterbuttonhalfwaytohavethecamerafine-tunethefocalposition(SafetyMF).zz Youcanalsofine-tunethefocusbypressingthe< >button.

•AFframemodeorsizecannotbechangedwhilefocusingmanually(=145).IfyouwanttochangetheAFframemodeorsize,cancelmanualfocusmodefirst.

•Focusingispossiblewhenusingthedigitalzoom(=63)ordigitaltele-converter(=144),orwhenusingaTVasadisplay(=243),butthemagnifieddisplaywillnotappear.

• Tofocusmoreaccurately,tryattachingthecameratoatripodtostabilizeit.• Tohidethemagnifieddisplayarea,pressthe<n>buttonandset[MF-PointZoom]onthe[4]tabto[Off](=48).

• Todeactivateautomaticfocusfine-tuningwhentheshutterbuttonispressedhalfway,pressthe<n>buttonandset[SafetyMF]onthe[4]tabto[Off](=48).

Page 144: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

144

ShootingRangeandFocusing

StillImages Movies

Digital Tele-ConverterThefocallengthofthelenscanbeincreasedbyapproximately1.5xor2.0x.Thiscanreducecamerashakebecausetheshutterspeedisfasterthanitwouldbeifyouzoomed(includingusingdigitalzoom)intothesamezoomfactor.

zz Pressthe<n>button,choose[DigitalZoom]onthe[4]tab,andthenchoosethedesiredoption(=48).XX Theviewisenlargedandthezoomfactorisdisplayedonthescreen.

•Thedigitaltele-convertercannotbeusedwithdigitalzoom(=63)andAF-pointzoom(=87).

• Therespectivefocallengthswhenusing[1.5x]and[2.0x]are42.0–210.0mmand56.0–280.0mm(35mmfilmequivalent).

• Theshutterspeedmaybeequivalentwhenyoumovethezoomleverallthewaytoward<i>formaximumtelephoto,andwhenyouzoomintoenlargethesubjecttothesamesizefollowingstep2on=63.

Page 145: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

145

ShootingRangeandFocusing

StillImages Movies

Changing the AF Frame ModeChangetheAF(autofocus)framemodetosuittheshootingconditionsasfollows.

zz Pressthe<n>button,choose[AFFrame]onthe[4]tab,andthenchoosethedesiredoption(=48).

StillImages Movies

FaceAiAF• Detectspeople’sfaces,andthensetsthefocus,exposure(evaluativemeteringonly),andwhitebalance([ ]only).

• Afteryouaimthecameraatthesubject,awhiteframeisdisplayedaroundtheperson’sfacedeterminedbythecameratobethemainsubject,anduptotwograyframesaredisplayedaroundotherdetectedfaces.

• Whenthecameradetectsmovement,frameswillfollowmovingsubjects,withinacertainrange.

• Afteryoupresstheshutterbuttonhalfway,uptoninegreenframesaredisplayedaroundfacesinfocus.

Page 146: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

146

ShootingRangeandFocusing

• Iffacesarenotdetected,orwhenonlygrayframesaredisplayed(withoutawhiteframe),uptoninegreenframesaredisplayedintheareasinfocuswhenyoupresstheshutterbuttonhalfway.

• IffacesarenotdetectedwhenServoAF(=150)issetto[On],theAFframeisdisplayedinthecenterofthescreenwhenyoupresstheshutterbuttonhalfway.

•Examplesoffacesthatcannotbedetected:-Subjectsthataredistantorextremelyclose-Subjectsthataredarkorlight-Facesinprofile,atanangle,orpartlyhidden

•Thecameramaymisinterpretnon-humansubjectsasfaces.•NoAFframesaredisplayedifthecameracannotfocuswhenyoupresstheshutterbuttonhalfway.

StillImages

FlexiZone/CenterOneAFframeisdisplayed.Effectiveforreliablefocusing.With[FlexiZone],youcanmoveandresizetheAFframe(=147).

•AyellowAFframeisdisplayedwith[ ]ifthecameracannotfocuswhenyoupresstheshutterbuttonhalfway.NotethatAF-pointzooming(=87)isnotpossible.

• Tocomposeshotssothatsubjectsarepositionedattheedgeorinacorner,firstaimthecameratocapturethesubjectinanAFframe,andthenholdtheshutterbuttonhalfwaydown.Asyoucontinuetoholdtheshutterbuttonhalfway,recomposetheshotasdesired,andthenpresstheshutterbuttonallthewaydown(FocusLock).

Page 147: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

147

ShootingRangeandFocusing

StillImages

MovingandResizingAFFrames(FlexiZone)WhenyouwanttochangethepositionorsizeoftheAFframe,settheAFframemodeto[FlexiZone](=146).

1 PreparetomovetheAFframe.zz Pressthe< >button.TheAFframeturnsorange.

2 MoveandresizetheAFframe.zz Turnthe<7>dialtomovetheAFframe,orpressthe<o><p><q><r>buttonstomoveitbyasmalleramount.zz ToreturntheAFframetotheoriginalpositioninthecenter,keepthe< >buttonhelddown.zz ToreducetheAFframesize,pressthe<n>button.Pressitagaintorestoreittotheoriginalsize.

3 Finishthesetupprocess.zz Pressthe< >button.

•AFframesaredisplayedatnormalsizewhenyouusethedigitalzoom(=63)ordigitaltele-converter(=144),andinmanualfocusmode(=142).

• YoucanalsolinktheSpotAEPointframetotheAFframe(=128).

Page 148: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

148

ShootingRangeandFocusing

StillImages

ChoosingSubjectstoFocusOn(TrackingAF)Shootafterchoosingasubjecttofocusonasfollows.

1 Choose[TrackingAF].zz Followthestepson=145tochoose[TrackingAF].XX [ ]isdisplayedinthecenterofthescreen.

2 Chooseasubjecttofocuson.zz Aimthecamerasothat[ ]isonthedesiredsubject,andthenpressthe< >button.

XXWhenthesubjectisdetected,thecamerabeepsand[ ]isdisplayed.Evenifthesubjectmoves,thecamerawillcontinuetotrackthesubjectwithinacertainrange.XX Ifnosubjectisdetected,[ ]isdisplayed.zz Tocanceltracking,pressthe< >buttonagain.

3 Shoot.zz Presstheshutterbuttonhalfway.[ ]changestoablue[ ],whichfollowsthesubjectasthecameracontinuestoadjustthefocusandexposure(ServoAF)(=150).zz Presstheshutterbuttonallthewaydowntoshoot.XXEvenafteryourshot,[ ]isstilldisplayedandthecameracontinuestotrackthesubject.

Page 149: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

149

ShootingRangeandFocusing

• [ServoAF](=150)issetto[On]andcannotbechanged.•Trackingmaynotbepossiblewhensubjectsaretoosmallormovetoorapidly,orwhensubjectcolororbrightnessmatchesthatofthebackgroundtooclosely.

• [AF-PointZoom]onthe[4]tabisnotavailable.• [e]isnotavailable.

• Thecameracandetectsubjectsevenifyoupresstheshutterbuttonhalfwaywithoutpressingthe< >button.Afteryourshot,[ ]isdisplayedinthecenterofthescreen.

Page 150: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

150

ShootingRangeandFocusing

StillImages

ShootingwithServoAFThismodehelpsavoidmissingshotsofsubjectsinmotion,becausethecameracontinuestofocusonthesubjectandadjusttheexposureaslongasyoupresstheshutterbuttonhalfway.

1 Configurethesetting.zz Pressthe<n>button,choose[ServoAF]onthe[4]tab,andthenchoose[On](=48).

2 Focus.zz ThefocusandexposurearemaintainedwheretheblueAFframeisdisplayedwhileyouarepressingtheshutterbuttonhalfway.

•Focusingmaynotbepossibleinsomeshootingconditions.• Inlow-lightconditions,ServoAFmaynotbeactivated(AFframesmaynotturnblue)whenyoupresstheshutterbuttonhalfway.Inthiscase,thefocusandexposurearesetaccordingtothespecifiedAFframemode.

• Ifadequateexposurecannotbeobtained,shutterspeedsandaperturevaluesaredisplayedinorange.Releasetheshutterbutton,andthenpressithalfwayagain.

•AFlockshootingisnotavailable.• [AF-PointZoom]onthe[4]tabisnotavailable.•Notavailablewhenusingtheself-timer(=64).

Page 151: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

151

ShootingRangeandFocusing

StillImages

Changing the Focus SettingYoucanchangedefaultcameraoperationofconstantlyfocusingonsubjectsitisaimedat,evenwhentheshutterbuttonisnotpressed.Instead,youcanlimitcamerafocusingtothemomentyoupresstheshutterbuttonhalfway.

zz Pressthe<n>button,choose[ContinuousAF]onthe[4]tab,andthenchoose[Off](=48).

On

Helpsavoidmissingsuddenphotoopportunities,becausethecameraconstantlyfocusesonsubjectsuntilyoupresstheshutterbuttonhalfway.

Off Conservesbatterypower,becausethecameradoesnotfocusconstantly.

StillImages

Choosing a Person to Focus On (Face Select)Youcanshootafterchoosingaspecificperson’sfacetofocuson.

1 SettheAFframeto[FaceAiAF](=145).

2 EnterFaceSelectmode.zz Aimthecameraattheperson’sfaceandpressthe< >button.XXAfter[FaceSelect:On]isdisplayed,afaceframe[ ]isdisplayedaroundthefacedetectedasthemainsubject.zz Evenifthesubjectmoves,thefaceframe[ ]followsthesubjectwithinacertainrange.zz Ifafaceisnotdetected,[ ]isnotdisplayed.

Page 152: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

152

ShootingRangeandFocusing

3 Choosethefacetofocuson.zz Toswitchthefaceframe[ ]toanotherdetectedface,pressthe< >button.zz Afteryouhaveswitchedthefaceframetoalldetectedfaces,[FaceSelect:Off]isdisplayed,andthespecifiedAFframemodescreenisdisplayedagain.

4 Shoot.zz Presstheshutterbuttonhalfway.Afterthecamerafocuses,[ ]changesto[ ].zz Presstheshutterbuttonallthewaydowntoshoot.

StillImages Movies

Shooting with the AF LockThefocuscanbelocked.Afteryoulockthefocus,thefocalpositionwillnotchangeevenwhenyoureleaseyourfingerfromtheshutterbutton.

1 Lockthefocus.zz Withtheshutterbuttonpressedhalfway,pressthe<q>button.XX Thefocusisnowlocked,and[f]andtheMFindicatoraredisplayed.zz Tounlockthefocus,onceagainholdtheshutterbuttonhalfwaydownandpressthe<q>button.

2 Composetheshotandshoot.

Page 153: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

153

ShootingRangeandFocusing

StillImages

Focus Bracketing (Focus-BKT Mode)Threeconsecutiveimagesarecapturedeachtimeyoushoot,withthefirstoneatthefocaldistanceyousetmanuallyandtheothersatfartherandnearerfocalpositionsdeterminedbypresets.Thedistancefromyourspecifiedfocuscanbesetinthreelevels.

1 Choose[ ].zz Pressthe<m>button,choose[ ]inthemenu,andthenchoose[ ](=47).

2 Configurethesetting.zz Pressthe<n>button,andthenadjustthesettingbypressingthe<q><r>buttonsorturningthe<7>dial.

•Focusbracketingisonlyavailablein[!]mode(=25,55).•Continuousshooting(=139)isnotavailableinthismode.

• Youcanalsoaccessthesettingscreeninstep2bychoosing[f]instep1on=142andpressingthe<n>button.

• Threeshotsaretaken,regardlessofanyquantityspecifiedin[$](=66).• In[BlinkDetection]mode(=88),thisfunctionisonlyavailableforthefinalshot.

Page 154: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

154

Flash

StillImages

Activating FlashYoucanhavetheflashfireforeachshot.Fordetailsontheflashrange,see“Specifications”(=303).

1 Raisetheflash.zz Movethe< >switch.

2 Configurethesetting.zz Pressthe<r>button,choose[h](eitherpressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe<7>dial),andthenpressthe<m>button.XXOncethesettingiscomplete,[h]isdisplayed.

•Thesettingscreencannotbeaccessedbypressingthe<r>buttonwhentheflashislowered.Movethe< >switchtoraisetheflash,thenconfigurethesetting.

Page 155: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

155

Flash

StillImages

Shooting with Slow SynchroWiththisoption,theflashfirestoincreasethebrightnessofthemainsubject(suchaspeople)whilethecamerashootsataslowshutterspeedtoincreasethebrightnessofthebackgroundthatisoutoftheflashrange.Fordetailsontheflashrange,see“Specifications”(=303).

1 Raisetheflash.zz Movethe< >switch.

2 Configurethesetting.zz Pressthe<r>button,choose[Z](eitherpressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe<7>dial),andthenpressthe<m>button.XXOncethesettingiscomplete,[Z]isdisplayed.

3 Shoot.zz Evenaftertheflashfires,ensurethatthemainsubjectdoesnotmoveuntiltheshuttersoundisfinishedplaying.

•Mountthecameraonatripodortakeothermeasurestokeepitstillandpreventcamerashake.Additionally,youshouldset[ISMode]to[Off]whenusingatripodorothermeanstoholdthecamerastill(=160).

•Thesettingscreencannotbeaccessedbypressingthe<r>buttonwhentheflashislowered.Movethe< >switchtoraisetheflash,thenconfigurethesetting.

Page 156: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

156

Flash

StillImages

Adjusting the Flash Exposure CompensationJustaswithregularexposurecompensation(=125),youcanadjusttheflashexposurefrom–2to+2stops,in1/3-stopincrements.

zz Raisetheflash,pressthe<r>buttonandimmediatelyturnthe<z>dialtochoosethecompensationlevel,andthenpressthe<m>button.XXOncethesettingiscomplete,[X]isdisplayed.

•Whenthereisariskofoverexposure,thecameraautomaticallyadjuststheshutterspeedoraperturevalueduringtheflashshotstoreducewashed-outhighlightsandshootatoptimalexposure.However,youcandeactivateautomaticadjustmentoftheshutterspeedandaperturevaluebyaccessing<n>(=48)andsetting[SafetyFE]in[FlashControl]onthe[4]tabto[Off].

• Youcanalsoconfiguretheflashexposurecompensationbychoosing[X]intheFUNC.menu(=47),orbyaccessing<n>(=48)andchoosing[FlashExp.Comp]in[FlashControl]onthe[4]tab.

• Youcanalsoaccessthe[Built-inFlashSettings]<n>screenasfollows(exceptwhenanoptionalexternalflashismounted).-Pressandholdthe<r>buttonforatleastonesecond.-Whentheflashisup,pressthe<r>buttonandimmediatelypressthe<n>button.

Page 157: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

157

Flash

StillImages

Shooting with the FE LockJustaswiththeAElock(=126),youcanlocktheexposurefortheflashshots.

1 Raisetheflashandsetitto[h](=154).

2 Locktheflashexposure.zz Aimthecameraatthesubjecttoshootwiththeexposurelocked,andthenpressthe< >button.XX Theflashfires,andwhen[ ]isdisplayed,theflashoutputlevelisretained.

3 Composetheshotandshoot.zz Afteroneshot,FEisunlockedand[ ]isnolongerdisplayed.

• FE:FlashExposure

Page 158: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

158

Flash

StillImages

Changing the Flash TimingChangethetimingoftheflashandshutterreleaseasfollows.

1 Accessthesettingscreen.zz Pressthe<n>button,choose[FlashControl]onthe[4]tab,andthenpressthe<m>button(=48).

2 Configurethesetting.zz Choose[ShutterSync.],andthenchoosethedesiredoption(=48).1st-curtain

Theflashfiresimmediatelyaftertheshutteropens.

2nd-curtain

Theflashfiresimmediatelybeforetheshuttercloses.

Page 159: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

159

StillImages

Shooting RAW ImagesRAWimagesare“raw”(unprocessed)data,recordedwithessentiallynolossofimagequalityfromthecamera’sinternalimageprocessing.UseDigitalPhotoProfessional(=30)toadjustRAWimagesasdesiredwithminimallossofimagequality.

zz Pressthe<m>button,choose[ ]inthemenu,andchoosethedesiredoption(=47).

RecordsJPEGimages.JPEGimagesareprocessedinthecameraforoptimalimagequalityandcompressedtoreducefilesize.However,thecompressionprocessisirreversible,andimagescannotberestoredtotheiroriginal,unprocessedstate.Imageprocessingmayalsocausesomelossofimagequality.RecordsRAWimages.RAWimagesare“raw”(unprocessed)data,recordedwithessentiallynolossofimagequalityfromthecamera’simageprocessing.Thedatacannotbeusedinthisstateforviewingorprintingonacomputer.Youmustfirstusetheincludedsoftware(DigitalPhotoProfessional)toconvertimagestoordinaryJPEGorTIFFfiles.Imagescanbeadjustedwithminimallossofimagequality.Fordetailsonresolutionandthenumberofshotsthatwillfitonacard,see“Specifications”(=303).Recordstwoimages,bothaRAWimageandaJPEGimage,foreachshot.TheJPEGimagecanbeprintedorviewedonacomputerwithoutusingtheincludedsoftware.

•WhentransferringRAWimages(orRAWandJPEGimagesrecordedtogether)toacomputer,alwaysusetheincludedsoftware(=30).

•Digitalzoom(=63),datestamps(=67),andred-eyereduction(=82)aresetto[Off]in[ ]and[ ]modes.Additionally,i-Contrast(=132),MyColors(=137)andnoisereductionlevel(=130)cannotbeconfigured.

• ThefileextensionforJPEGimagesis.JPG,andtheextensionforRAWimagesis.CR2.

Page 160: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

160

Other Settings

StillImages

Changing the Compression Ratio (Image Quality)

Choosefromtwocompressionratios,asfollows:[ ](SuperFine),[ ](Fine).Forguidelinesonhowmanyshotsateachcompressionratiocanfitonamemorycard,see“Specifications”(=303).

Configurethesetting.zz Pressthe<m>button,choose[ ]inthemenu,pressthe<n>button,andchoosethedesiredoption(=47).

StillImages Movies

Changing the IS Mode Settingszz Pressthe<n>button,choose[ISMode]onthe[4]tab,andthenpressthe<q><r>buttonstochoosethedesiredoption(=48).

Continuous

Optimalimagestabilizationfortheshootingconditionsisautomaticallyapplied(IntelligentIS)(=61).

ShootOnly* Imagestabilizationisactiveonlyatthemomentofshooting.Off Deactivatesimagestabilization.

*Thesettingischangedto[Continuous]formovierecording.

• Ifimagestabilizationcannotpreventcamerashake,mountthecameraonatripodortakeothermeasurestoholditstill.Inthiscase,set[ISMode]to[Off].

Page 161: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

161

Tv, Av, M, C1, and C2 ModeTakesmarter,moresophisticatedshots,andcustomizethecameraforyourshootingstyle

• Instructionsinthischapterapplytothecameraassettotherespectivemode.

5

Page 162: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

162

StillImages

Specific Shutter Speeds (<Tv> Mode)Setyourpreferredshutterspeedbeforeshootingasfollows.Thecameraautomaticallyadjuststheaperturevaluetosuityourshutterspeed.Fordetailsonavailableshutterspeeds,see“Specifications”(=303).

1 Enter<M>mode.zz Setthemodedialto<M>.

2 Settheshutterspeed.zz Turnthe<z>dialtosettheshutterspeed.

•Withshutterspeedsof1.3secondsorslower,therewillbeadelaybeforeyoucanshootagain,asimagesareprocessedtoremovenoise.

•Whenshootingatlowshutterspeedsonatripod,youshouldset[ISMode]to[Off](=160).

•Maximumshutterspeedwiththeflashis1/2000second.Ifyouspecifyafasterspeed,thecamerawillautomaticallyresetthespeedto1/2000secondbeforeshooting.

•Withshutterspeedsof1.3secondsorslower,ISOspeedis[ ]andcannotbechanged.

•Orangedisplayofaperturevalueswhenyoupresstheshutterbuttonhalfwayindicatesthatthesettingsdeviatefromstandardexposure.Adjusttheshutterspeeduntiltheaperturevalueisdisplayedinwhite,orusesafetyshift(=163).

• <M>:Timevalue• Youcancustomizecameraoperationsothatturningthe<7>dialchangestheshutterspeed(=168).

Page 163: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

163

StillImages

Specific Aperture Values (<Av> Mode)Setyourpreferredaperturevaluebeforeshootingasfollows.Thecameraautomaticallyadjuststheshutterspeedtosuityouraperturevalue.Fordetailsonavailableaperturevalues,see“Specifications”(=303).

1 Enter<B>mode.zz Setthemodedialto<B>.

2 Settheaperturevalue.zz Turnthe<z>dialtosettheaperturevalue.

•Orangedisplayofshutterspeedswhenyoupresstheshutterbuttonhalfwayindicatesthatthesettingsdeviatefromstandardexposure.Adjusttheaperturevalueuntiltheshutterspeedisdisplayedinwhite,orusesafetyshift(seebelow).

• <B>:Aperturevalue(sizeoftheopeningmadebytheirisinthelens)• Toavoidexposureproblemsin<M>and<B>modes,youcanhavethecameraautomaticallyadjusttheshutterspeedoraperturevalue,evenwhenstandardexposurecannototherwisebeobtained.Pressthe<n>buttonandset[SafetyShift]onthe[4]tabto[On](=48).However,safetyshiftisdisabledwhentheflashfires.

• Youcancustomizecameraoperationsothatturningthe<7>dialchangestheaperturevalue(=168).

Page 164: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

164

StillImages

Specific Shutter Speeds and Aperture Values (<M> Mode)

Followthesestepsbeforeshootingtosetyourpreferredshutterspeedandaperturevaluetoobtainthedesiredexposure.Fordetailsonavailableshutterspeedsandaperturevalues,see“Specifications”(=303).

ApertureValue

ShutterSpeed

StandardExposureLevelExposureLevelMarkExposureLevelIndicator

1 Enter<D>mode.zz Setthemodedialto<D>.

2 Configurethesetting.zz Turnthe<z>dialtosettheshutterspeed,andturnthe<7>dialtosettheaperturevalue.XXAnexposurelevelmarkbasedonyourspecifiedvalueisshownontheexposurelevelindicatorforcomparisontothestandardexposurelevel.XX Theexposurelevelmarkisshowninorangewhenthedifferencefromstandardexposureexceeds2stops.“–2”or“+2”isdisplayedinorangeinthelowerrightwhenyoupresstheshutterbuttonhalfway.

•Afteryousettheshutterspeedoraperturevalue,theexposurelevelmaychangeifyouadjustthezoomorrecomposetheshot.

•Screenbrightnessmaychangedependingonyourspecifiedshutterspeedoraperturevalue.However,screenbrightnessremainsthesamewhentheflashisupandthemodeissetto[h].

•Tohaveboththeshutterspeedandaperturevalueautomaticallyadjustedtoobtainstandardexposure,holdtheshutterbuttonhalfwayandpressthe< >button.Notethatstandardexposuremaynotbepossiblewithsomesettings.

•Withshutterspeedsof1.3secondsorslower,ISOspeedis[ ]andcannotbechanged.

Page 165: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

165

SpecificShutterSpeedsandApertureValues(<M>Mode)

• <D>:Manual• Calculationofstandardexposureisbasedonthespecifiedmeteringmethod

(=127).• Youcancustomizecameraoperationsothatturningthe<7>dialadjuststheshutterspeedandturningthe<z>dialadjuststheaperturevalue(=168).

StillImages

Adjusting the Flash OutputChoosefromthethreeflashlevelsin<D>mode.

1 Enter<D>mode.zz Setthemodedialto<D>.

2 Configurethesetting.zz Raisetheflash,pressthe<r>buttonandimmediatelyturnthe<z>dialtochoosetheflashlevel,andthenpressthe<m>button.XXOncethesettingiscomplete,[X]isdisplayed.

• Youcanalsosettheflashlevelbychoosing[X]intheFUNC.menu(=47),orbyaccessing<n>(=48)andchoosing[FlashOutput]in[FlashControl]onthe[4]tab.

• Youcansettheflashlevelin<M>or<B>modebyaccessing<n>(=48),choosing[FlashControl]onthe[4]tab,andthensetting[FlashMode]to[Manual].

• Youcanalsoaccessthe[Built-inFlashSettings]<n>screenasfollows(exceptwhenanexternalflash(soldseparately)isattachedtothecamera).-Pressandholdthe<r>buttonforatleastonesecond.-Whentheflashisup,pressthe<r>buttonandimmediatelypressthe<n>button.

Page 166: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

166

Customization for Shooting Styles

StillImages Movies

Customizing Display InformationSetthenumberofcustomdisplays(=46)andwhatinformationisdisplayedineachdisplaywhenthe<p>buttonispushedinshootingdisplay.

1 Accessthesettingscreen.zz Pressthe<n>button,choose[CustomDisplay]onthe[4]tab,andthenpressthe<m>button(=48).

2 Choose[LCD/Viewfinder].zz Pressthe<o><p><q><r>buttonsorturnthe<7>dial,andthenpressthe<m>buttontoconfigurecustomdisplays[ ],[ ]or[ ]whicharedisplayedwhenthe<p>buttonispressed.zz Todeactivateacustomdisplay,pressthe<m>buttontoadd[ ]to[ ],[ ]or[ ].zz Notethat[ ]cannotbeappliedto[LCD/Viewfinder]customdisplaycurrentlyinuse.

3 Configurethesetting.zz Pressthe<o><p><q><r>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtochooseanitem,andthenpressthe<m>button.Itemsyouchoosefordisplayarelabeledwith[ ].XXSelecteditems(labeledwitha[ ])willbeincludedindisplay.

ShootingInfo Displaysshootinginformation(=286).GridLines Displaysareferencegrid.ElectronicLevel Displaystheelectroniclevel(=86).

Histogram Displaysahistogram(=176),in<G>,<M>,<B>,and<D>modes.

Page 167: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

167

CustomizationforShootingStyles

•Settingswillnotbesavedifyoupresstheshutterbuttonhalfwayandreturntotheshootingscreenfromthecustomdisplaysettingsscreen.

•Grayed-outitemscanalsobespecified,buttheymaynotbedisplayedinsomeshootingmodes.

• Gridlinesarenotrecordedinyourshots.

Page 168: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

168

CustomizationforShootingStyles

StillImages Movies

Assigning Functions to the Front Dial and Control Dial

Assigncommonlyusedfunctionstothefrontdialandcontroldial,byshootingmode.

1 Accessthesettingscreen.zz Pressthe<n>button,choose[Setz7Func.]onthe[4]tab,andthenpressthe<m>button(=48).

2 Configurethesetting.zz Pressthe<q><r>buttonstochooseanitem.zz Toconfigurethesettings,pressthe<o><p>buttons,chooseanitem(eitherpressthe<o><p><q><r>buttonsorturnthe<7>dial),andthenturnthe<z>dialtochangethefunction.

AssignableFunctionsFunctionsyoucanassigntothefrontdialandcontroldialvarydependingonshootingmode.Onthesettingscreen,youcanassignaspectratioswitching(=80),i-Contrast(=132),whitebalancecorrection(=135),orstepzoom(=141)tomodesindicatedby inthefollowingtable.

ItemShootingMode

D B M G

FrontDial1z M B M

7 B,

FrontDial2z B B M

7 M,

ControlDialz

7 B,M B M

•<B>:aperturevalue(=163);<M>:shutterspeed(=162)•Whenmultiplefunctionsareassignedtothe<7>dial,pressthe< >buttontoswitchbetweenthem.

Page 169: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

169

CustomizationforShootingStyles

StillImages Movies

Assigning Functions to the < > Button1 Accessthesettingscreen.zz Pressthe<n>button,choose[SetShortcutbutton]onthe[4]tab,andthenpressthe<m>button(=48).

2 Configurethesetting.zz Pressthe<o><p><q><r>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtochooseafunctiontoassign,andthenpressthe<m>button.

3 Usetheassignedfunctionasneeded.zz Pressthe< >buttontoactivatetheassignedfunction.

• Torestoredefaultsettings,choose[ ].• Iconslabeledwith[ ]indicatethatthefunctionisnotavailableinthecurrentshootingmodeorundercurrentfunctionconditions.

•Whenthe[ ]or[ ]functionisused,eachpressofthe< >buttonrecordswhitebalancedata(=135),andthewhitebalancesettingschangeto[ ]or[ ].

•Whenthe[%]functionisused,eachpressofthe< >buttonadjustsandlocksthefocus,and[%]isdisplayedonthescreen.

• Pressingthe< >buttonwhenthe[ ]functionisuseddeactivatesscreendisplay.Torestorethedisplay,doanyofthefollowing.-Pressanybutton(otherthanthepowerbutton)-Holdthecamerainanotherorientation-Raiseandlowertheflash

Page 170: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

170

CustomizationforShootingStyles

StillImages

Saving Shooting SettingsSavecommonlyusedshootingmodesandyourconfiguredfunctionsettingsforreuse.Toaccesssavedsettingslater,simplyturnthemodedialto< >or< >.Evensettingsthatareusuallyclearedwhenyouswitchshootingmodesorturnthecameraoff(suchasself-timersettings)canberetainedthisway.

Settingsthatcanbesaved• Shootingmodes(<G>,<M>,<B>,and<D>)• Itemssetin<G>,<M>,<B>,or<D>modes(=125–164)• Shootingmenusettings• Zoompositions• Manualfocuspositions(=142)• MyMenusettings(=171)

1 Enterashootingmodewithsettingsyouwanttosave,andchangethesettingsasdesired.

2 Configurethesetting.zz Pressthe<n>button,choose[SaveSettings]onthe[4]tab,andthenpressthe<m>button.

3 Savethesettings.zz Pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtochoosethedestination,andthenpressthe<m>button.

Page 171: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

171

CustomizationforShootingStyles

•Toeditsavedsettings(excepttheirshootingmode),choose< >or< >,changethesettings,andthenrepeatsteps2–3.Thesesettingdetailsarenotappliedinothershootingmodes.

• Toclearinformationyouhavesavedto< >or< >andrestoredefaultvalues,turnthemodedialto< >or< >andchoose[ResetAll](=231).

StillImages Movies

Saving Commonly Used Shooting Menus (My Menu)

Saveuptofivecommonlyusedshootingmenusasmenusonthe[ ]tab,forinstantaccesstoalloftheseitemsfromasinglescreen.

1 Accessthesettingscreen.zz Pressthe<n>button,choose[MyMenusettings]onthe[ ]tab,andthenpressthe<m>button(=48).

2 Configurethesetting.zz Pressthe<o><p>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtochoose[Selectitems],andthenpressthe<m>button.zz Pressthe<o><p>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtochoosemenustosave(uptofive),andthenpressthe<m>button.XX [ ]isdisplayed.zz Tocancelsaving,pressthe<m>button.[ ]isnolongerdisplayed.zz Pressthe<n>button.

Page 172: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

172

CustomizationforShootingStyles

3 Rearrangethemenulistorder,asneeded.zz Pressthe<o><p>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtochoose[Sort],andthenpressthe<m>button.zz Pressthe<o><p>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtochooseamenutomove,andthenpressthe<m>button.zz Pressthe<o><p>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtochangetheorder,andthenpressthe<m>button.zz Pressthe<n>button.

•Grayed-outitemsinstep2canalsobespecified,buttheymaynotbeavailableinsomeshootingmodes.

• TomakeMyMenuimmediatelyaccessiblebypressingthe<n>buttoninShootingmode,choose[Setdefaultview]andpressthe<q><r>buttonstochoose[Yes].

Page 173: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

173

Playback ModeHavefunreviewingyourshots,andbrowseoredittheminmanyways

• Topreparethecamerafortheseoperations,pressthe<1>buttontoenterPlaybackmode.

• Itmaynotbepossibletoplaybackoreditimagesthatwererenamedoralreadyeditedonacomputer,orimagesfromothercameras.

6

Page 174: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

174

StillImages Movies

ViewingAftershootingimagesormovies,youcanviewthemonthescreenasfollows.

1 EnterPlaybackmode.zz Pressthe<1>button.XXYourlastshotisdisplayed.

2 Browsethroughyourimages.zz Toviewthepreviousimage,pressthe<q>buttonorturnthe<7>dialcounterclockwise.Toviewthenextimage,pressthe<r>buttonorturnthe<7>dialclockwise.zz Pressandholdthe<q><r>buttonstobrowsethroughimagesquickly.

zz ToaccessScrollDisplaymode,turnthe<7>dialrapidly.Inthismode,turnthe<7>dialtobrowsethroughimages.zz Toreturntosingle-imagedisplay,pressthe<m>button.zz Tobrowseimagesgroupedbyshootingdate,pressthe<o><p>buttonsinScrollDisplaymode.

zz Moviesareidentifiedbya[ ]icon.Toplaymovies,gotostep3.

Page 175: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

175

Viewing

Volume

3 Playmovies.zz Tostartplayback,pressthe<m>buttontoaccessthemoviecontrolpanel,choose[ ](eitherpressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe<7>dial),andthenpressthe<m>buttonagain.

4 Adjustthevolume.zz Pressthe<o><p>buttonstoadjustthevolume.

5 Pauseplayback.zz Topauseorresumeplayback,pressthe<m>button.XXAfterthemovieisfinished,[ ]isdisplayed.

• ToswitchtoShootingmodefromPlaybackmode,presstheshutterbuttonhalfway.

• TodeactivateScrollDisplay,pressthe<n>button,choose[ScrollDisplay]onthe[1]tab,andthenchoose[Off].

• IfyouprefertohavethemostrecentshotdisplayedwhenyouenterPlaybackmode,pressthe<n>button,andonthe[1]tab,choose[Resume]andthen[Lastshot].

• Tochangethetransitionshownbetweenimages,pressthe<n>button,choose[Transition]onthe[1]tab,andthenpressthe<q><r>buttonstochoosetheeffect.

Page 176: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

176

Viewing

StillImages Movies

Switching Display ModesPressthe<p>buttontoviewotherinformationonthescreen,ortohidetheinformation.Fordetailsontheinformationdisplayed,see=288.

NoInformationDisplay

SimpleInformationDisplay

DetailedInformationDisplay

Enablesyoutocheckthefocus

(=179)*

*Notshownformovies.

• Switchingdisplaymodesbypressingthe<p>buttonisalsopossibleimmediatelyafteryoushoot,whileyourshotisdisplayed.However,simpleinformationdisplayisnotavailable.Tochangetheinitialdisplaymode,pressthe<n>buttonandchoose[ReviewInfo]onthe[4]tab(=91).

StillImages Movies

OverexposureWarning(forImageHighlights)Washed-outhighlightsintheimageflashonthescreenindetailedinformationdisplay.

StillImages Movies

HistogramHigh

Dark

Low

Bright

zz Thegraphindetailedinformationdisplay(seeabove)isahistogramshowingthedistributionofbrightnessintheimage.Thehorizontalaxisrepresentsthedegreeofbrightness,andtheverticalaxis,howmuchoftheimageisateachlevelofbrightness.Viewingthehistogramisawaytocheckexposure.zz Thehistogramcanalsobeaccessedwhileshooting(=166,286).

Page 177: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

177

Viewing

StillImages Movies

RGBHistogram

RGBHistogram

zz ToviewanRGBhistogram,pressthe<o>buttonindetailedinformationdisplay.TheRGBhistogramshowsthedistributionofshadesofred,green,andblueinanimage.ThehorizontalaxisrepresentsR,G,orBbrightness,andtheverticalaxis,howmuchoftheimageisatthatlevelofbrightness.Viewingthishistogramenablesyoutocheckimagecolorcharacteristics.zz Pressthe<o>buttonagaintoreturntodetailedinformationdisplay.

StillImages

Checking People Detected in Face IDIfyouswitchthecameratosimpleinformationdisplaymode(=176),thenamesofuptofivedetectedpeopleregisteredinFaceID(=69)willbedisplayed.

Switchtosimpleinformationdisplaymodeandcheck.zz Pressthe<p>buttonrepeatedlyuntilsimpleinformationdisplayisactivated,andthenpressthe<q><r>buttonstochooseanimage.zz Nameswillbedisplayedondetectedpeople.

• IfyoudonotwantnamestodisplayonimagesshotusingFaceID,pressthe<n>button,choose[FaceIDInfo]onthe[1]tab,andthenset[NameDisplay]to[Off].

Page 178: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

178

Viewing

Viewing Movie Digest ClipsViewmovieclipsrecordedautomaticallyin[ ]mode(=94)onadayofstillimageshootingasfollows.

1 Chooseanimage.zz Stillimagesshotin[ ]modearelabeledwithan[ ]icon.zz Chooseastillimagelabeledwith[ ]andpressthe<m>button.

2 Playtheclip.zz After[Playback movie?]isdisplayed,pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtochoose[OK],andthenpressthe<m>button.XX Themoviecliprecordedautomaticallyonthedayofstillimageshootingisplayedback,fromthebeginning.

•Moviescreatedin[ ]modecanalsobeviewedbydate(=185).• Afteramoment,[ ]willnolongerbedisplayedwhenyouareusingthecamerawithinformationdisplaydeactivated(=176).

Page 179: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

179

Viewing

StillImages

Checking the FocusTocheckthefocusofyourshots,youcanmagnifytheareaoftheimagethatwasintheAFframeatthetimeofshooting.

1 AccessFocusCheck.zz Pressthe<p>button(=176).XXAwhiteframeisdisplayedwheretheAFframewaswhenthefocuswasset.XXGrayframesaredisplayedoverfacesdetectedlater,inPlaybackmode.XX Theportionoftheimageintheorangeframeismagnified.

2 Switchframes.zz Movethezoomlevertoward<k>once.XX Thescreenatleftisdisplayed.zz Toswitchtoadifferentframewhentherearemultipleframes,pressthe<m>button.

3 Zoominorout,orviewotherimageareas.zz Asyouexaminethefocus,usethezoomlevertozoominorout.Pressthe<o><p><q><r>buttonstoadjustthedisplayposition.zz Pressthe<n>buttontorestoretheoriginaldisplayinstep1.

Page 180: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

180

Browsing and Filtering Images

StillImages Movies

Navigating Through Images in an IndexBydisplayingmultipleimagesinanindex,youcanquicklyfindtheimagesyouarelookingfor.

1 Displayimagesinanindex.zz Movethezoomlevertoward<g>todisplayimagesinanindex.Movingtheleveragainwillincreasethenumberofimagesshown.zz Todisplayfewerimages,movethezoomlevertoward<k>.Fewerimagesareshowneachtimeyoumovethelever.

2 Chooseanimage.zz Turnthe<7>dialtoscrollthroughtheimages.zz Pressthe<o><p><q><r>buttonstochooseanimage.XXAnorangeframeisdisplayedaroundtheselectedimage.zz Pressthe<m>buttontoviewtheselectedimageinsingle-imagedisplay.

Page 181: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

181

BrowsingandFilteringImages

StillImages Movies

Finding Images Matching Specified ConditionsFinddesiredimagesquicklyonamemorycardfullofimagesbyfilteringimagedisplayaccordingtoyourspecifiedconditions.Youcanalsoprotect(=192)ordelete(=196)theseimagesallatonce.

Favorites Displaysimagestaggedasfavorites(=202).

ShotDate Displaystheimagesshotonaspecificdate.

; MyCategory Displaystheimagesofaspecificcategory(=203).

Stillimage/Movie Displaysstillimages,movies,ormoviesshotin[ ]mode(=94).

Name Displaysimagesofaregisteredperson(=69).

StillImages Movies

FilteringDisplayby[ ],[ ],[;],or[ ]1 Choosethefirstconditionfor

imagedisplayornavigation.zz Insingle-imagedisplay,pressthe< >button,andthenpressthe<o><p>buttonstochooseadisplayfilter.zz When[ ]isselected,youcanviewonlyimagesmatchingthisconditionbypressingthe<q><r>buttons.Toperformanactionforalloftheseimagestogether,pressthe<m>buttonandgotostep3.

Page 182: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

182

BrowsingandFilteringImages

2 Choosethesecondconditionandchecktheimagesfound.zz Pressthe<q><r>buttonstochooseanothercondition.Onceyouturnthe<7>dial,youcanviewtheimagesnarroweddownbyyourconditions.zz Tocancelthismode,pressthe<n>button.zz Toswitchtofilteredimagedisplay,pressthe<m>buttonandgotostep3.

3 Viewthefilteredimages.zz Imagesmatchingyourconditionsaredisplayedinyellowframes.Toviewonlytheseimages,pressthe<q><r>buttons,orturnthe<7>dial.zz Toexitfilteredimagedisplay,pressthe< >button,andafter[Imagesearchcanceled]isdisplayed,pressthe<m>button.

•Whenthecamerahasfoundnocorrespondingimagesforsomeconditions,thoseconditionswillnotbeavailable.

• Optionsforviewingtheimagesfound(instep3)include“NavigatingThroughImagesinanIndex”(=180),“ViewingSlideshows”(=190),and“MagnifyingImages”(=189).Youcanprotect,erase,orprintallimagesfoundoraddthemtoaphotobookbychoosing[SelectAllImagesinSearch]in“ProtectingImages”(=192),“ErasingAllImages”(=197),“AddingImagestothePrintList(DPOF)”(=266),or“AddingImagestoaPhotobook”(=271).

• However,ifyourecategorizeimages(=203)oreditthemandsavethemasnewimages(=206–214),amessageisdisplayedandfilteredimagedisplayends.

Page 183: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

183

BrowsingandFilteringImages

StillImages

FilteringDisplayby[ ]1 Choose[ ].zz Followingsteps1–2on=181–182,choose[ ]andpressthe<m>button.

2 Chooseaperson.zz Pressthe<o><p><q><r>buttonstochooseaperson,andthenpressthe<m>button.

3 Viewthefilteredimages.zz Followstep3on=182toviewtheimages.

• [ ]isnotavailableunlesspeopleareregistered(=69).

Page 184: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

184

BrowsingandFilteringImages

StillImages Movies

Using the Front Dial to JumpUsethefrontdialtofindandjumpbetweendesiredimagesquicklybyfilteringimagedisplayaccordingtoyourspecifiedconditions.

JumptoFavorites Displaysimagestaggedasfavorites(=202).

JumpShotDate Jumpstothefirstimageineachgroupofimagesthatwereshotonthesamedate.

Jump10Images Jumpsby10imagesatatime.

Jump100Images Jumpsby100imagesatatime.

1 Chooseacondition.zz Chooseacondition(orjumpmethod)insingle-imagedisplaybyturningthe<z>dialandthenpressingthe<o><p>buttons.

2 Viewimagesmatchingyourspecifiedcondition,orjumpbythespecifiedamount.zz Turnthe<z>dialtoviewonlyimagesmatchingtheconditionorjumpbythespecifiednumberofimagesforwardorback.zz Tocancelthismode,pressthe<n>button.

• Turningthe<z>dialwhenbrowsingimagesinindexdisplaywilljumptothepreviousornextimageaccordingtothejumpmethodchoseninsingle-imagedisplay.However,ifyouhavechosen[ ]or[ ],thejumpmethodwillbeswitchedto[ ].

Page 185: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

185

BrowsingandFilteringImages

Movies

Viewing Movie Digest MoviesMoviescreatedin[ ]mode(=94)canbeviewedbydate.

1 Chooseamovie.zz Pressthe<n>button,choose[MovieDigestPlayback]onthe[1]tab,andthenchoosethedate.

2 Playthemovie.zz Pressthe<m>buttontostartplayback.

StillImages

Viewing Individual Images in a GroupGroupedimagesshotin[ ]mode(=116)aregenerallydisplayedtogether,buttheycanalsobeviewedindividually.

1 Chooseanimagegroup.zz Pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtochooseanimagelabeled[ ],andthenpressthe<m>button.

2 Viewindividualimagesinthegroup.zz Pressingthe<q><r>buttonsorturningthe<7>dialwilldisplayonlyimagesinthegroup.zz Pressingthe< >buttonwilldisplay[Displayallimages].Press<m>tocancelgroupplayback.

Page 186: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

186

BrowsingandFilteringImages

• Duringgroupplayback(step2),youcanbrowsethroughimagesquickly“NavigatingThroughImagesinanIndex”(=180)andmagnifythem“MagnifyingImages”(=189).Youcanprotect,erase,orprintallimagesinagroupatonceoraddthemtoaphotobookbychoosing[AllImagesinGroup]in“ProtectingImages”(=192),“ErasingAllImages”(=197),“AddingImagestothePrintList(DPOF)”(=266),or“AddingImagestoaPhotobook”(=271).

• Toungroupimagessothatyoucanviewthemindividually,pressthe<n>button,choose[GroupImages]onthe[1]tab,andthenchoose[Off](=48).However,groupedimagescannotbeungroupedduringindividualplayback.

Page 187: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

187

Editing Face ID InformationIfyounoticethatanameisincorrectduringplayback,youcanchangeitoreraseit.However,youcannotaddnamesforpeoplewhoarenotdetectedbyFaceID(namesarenotdisplayed),andforpeoplewhosenameshavebeenerased.

ChangingNames1 Accessthesettingscreen.zz Pressthe<n>buttonandchoose[FaceIDInfo]onthe[1]tab(=48).zz Pressthe<o><p>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtochoose[EditIDInfo],andthenpressthe<m>button.

2 Chooseanimage.zz Followingtheprocedureon=177,chooseanimageandpressthe<m>button.

zz Anorangeframeisdisplayedaroundtheselectedface.Whenmultiplenamesaredisplayedinanimage,pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtochoosethenametochange,andthenpressthe<m>button.

3 Choosetheitemtoedit.zz Pressthe<o><p><q><r>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtochoose[Overwrite],andthenpressthe<m>button.

Page 188: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

188

EditingFaceIDInformation

4 Choosethenameofthepersontooverwrite.zz Followstep2on=76tochoosethenameofthepersonyouwanttooverwrite.

ErasingNameszz Followingstep3on=187,choose[Erase]andpressthe<m>button.zz After[Erase?]isdisplayed,pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtochoose[OK],andthenpressthe<m>button.

Page 189: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

189

Image Viewing Options

StillImages

Magnifying Images

ApproximatePositionofDisplayedArea

1 Magnifyanimage.zz Movingthezoomlevertoward<k>willzoominandmagnifytheimage.Youcanmagnifyimagesuptoabout10xbycontinuingtoholdthezoomlever.zz Tozoomout,movethezoomlevertoward<g>.Youcanreturntosingle-imagedisplaybycontinuingtoholdit.

2 Movethedisplaypositionandswitchimagesasneeded.zz Tomovethedisplayposition,pressthe<o><p><q><r>buttons.zz Toswitchtootherimageswhilezoomed,turnthe<7>dial.

• Youcanreturntosingle-imagedisplayfrommagnifieddisplaybypressingthe<n>button.

Page 190: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

190

ImageViewingOptions

StillImages Movies

Viewing SlideshowsAutomaticallyplaybackimagesfromamemorycardasfollows.

1 Accessthesettingscreen.zz Pressthe<n>button,andthenchoose[Slideshow]onthe[1]tab(=48).

2 Configurethesetting.zz Chooseamenuitemtoconfigure,andthenchoosethedesiredoption(=48).

3 Startautomaticplayback.zz Pressthe<o><p>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtochoose[Start],andthenpressthe<m>button.XX Theslideshowwillstartafewsecondsafter[Loadingimage...]isdisplayed.zz Pressthe<n>buttontostoptheslideshow.

•Thecamera’spower-savingfunctions(=42)aredeactivatedduringslideshows.

• Topauseorresumeslideshows,pressthe<m>button.• Youcanswitchtootherimagesduringplaybackbypressingthe<q><r>buttonsorturningthe<7>dial.Forfast-forwardorfast-rewind,holdthe<q><r>buttonsdown.

• [PlayTime]cannotbemodifiedwhen[Bubble]ischosenin[Effect].• Youcanalsostartslideshowsfromsingle-imagedisplaybypressingandholdingthe<m>buttonandimmediatelypressingthe< >button.

Page 191: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

191

ImageViewingOptions

StillImages

Auto Playback of Similar Images (Smart Shuffle)

Basedonthecurrentimage,thecameraoffersfourimagessimilartoitthatyoumaywishtoview.Afteryouchoosetoviewoneofthoseimages,thecameraoffersfourmoreimages.Thisisanenjoyablewaytoplaybackimagesinanunexpectedorder.Trythisfeatureafteryouhavetakenmanyshots,inmanykindsofscenes.

1 ChooseSmartShuffle.zz Pressthe<n>button,choose[SmartShuffle]onthe[1]tab,andthenpressthe<m>button(=48).XX Fourcandidateimagesaredisplayed.

2 Chooseanimage.zz Pressthe<o><p><q><r>buttonstochoosetheimageyouwanttoviewnext.XXYourchosenimageisdisplayedinthecenter,surroundedbythenextfourcandidateimages.zz Forfull-screendisplayofthecenterimage,pressthe<m>button.Torestoretheoriginaldisplay,pressthe<m>buttonagain.zz Pressthe<n>buttontorestoresingle-imagedisplay.

•OnlystillimagesshotwiththiscameraareplayedbackusingSmartShuffle.

•SmartShuffleisnotavailableinthefollowingcases:-Therearelessthan50shotstakenwiththiscamera-Anunsupportedimageiscurrentlydisplayed-Imagesareshowninfiltereddisplay(=181)-Duringgroupplayback(=185)

Page 192: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

192

StillImages Movies

Protecting ImagesProtectimportantimagestopreventaccidentalerasurebythecamera(=196,197).

Choosing a Selection Method1 Accessthesettingscreen.zz Pressthe<n>buttonandchoose[Protect]onthe[1]tab(=48).

2 Chooseaselectionmethod.zz Chooseamenuitemandasettingasdesired(=48).zz Toreturntothemenuscreen,pressthe<n>button.

•Protectedimagesonamemorycardwillbeerasedifyouformatthecard(=223,224).

• Protectedimagescannotbeerasedusingthecamera’serasurefunction.Toerasethemthisway,firstcancelprotection.

Page 193: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

193

ProtectingImages

Choosing Images Individually1 Choose[Select].zz Followingstep2above,choose[Select]andpressthe<m>button.

2 Chooseanimage.zz Pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtochooseanimage,andthenpressthe<m>button.[ ]isdisplayed.zz Tocancelselection,pressthe<m>buttonagain.[ ]isnolongerdisplayed.zz Repeatthisprocesstospecifyotherimages.

3 Protecttheimage.zz Pressthe<n>button.Aconfirmationmessageisdisplayed.zz Pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtochoose[OK],andthenpressthe<m>button.

• ImageswillnotbeprotectedifyouswitchtoShootingmodeorturnthecameraoffbeforefinishingthesetupprocessinstep3.

Page 194: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

194

ProtectingImages

Selecting a Range1 Choose[SelectRange].zz Followingstep2on=192,choose[SelectRange]andpressthe<m>button.

2 Chooseastartingimage.zz Pressthe<m>button.

zz Pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtochooseanimage,andthenpressthe<m>button.

3 Chooseanendingimage.zz Pressthe<r>buttontochoose[Lastimage],andthenpressthe<m>button.

zz Pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtochooseanimage,andthenpressthe<m>button.zz Imagesbeforethefirstimagecannotbeselectedasthelastimage.

Page 195: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

195

ProtectingImages

4 Protecttheimages.zz Pressthe<p>buttontochoose[Protect],andthenpressthe<m>button.

• Youcanalsochoosethefirstorlastimagebyturningthe<7>dialwhenthetopscreeninsteps2and3isdisplayed.

Specifying All Images at Once1 Choose[SelectAllImages].zz Followingstep2on=192,choose[SelectAllImages]andpressthe<m>button.

2 Protecttheimages.zz Pressthe<o><p>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtochoose[Protect],andthenpressthe<m>button.

• Tocancelprotectionforgroupsofimages,choose[Unlock]instep4of“SelectingaRange”orinstep2of“SpecifyingAllImagesatOnce”.

Page 196: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

196

StillImages Movies

Erasing ImagesYoucanchooseanderaseunneededimagesonebyone.Becarefulwhenerasingimages,becausetheycannotberecovered.However,protectedimages(=192)cannotbeerased.

1 Chooseanimagetoerase.zz Pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtochooseanimage.

2 Erasetheimage.zz Pressthe<a>button.zz After[Erase?]isdisplayed,pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtochoose[Erase],andthenpressthe<m>button.XX Thecurrentimageisnowerased.zz Tocancelerasure,pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtochoose[Cancel],andthenpressthe<m>button.

• Pressingthe<a>buttonwhile[ ]imagesaredisplayedwillgiveyoutheoptionofchoosing[Erase ],[EraseJPEG],or[Erase +JPEG]fordeletion.

Page 197: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

197

ErasingImages

Erasing All ImagesYoucaneraseallimagesatonce.Becarefulwhenerasingimages,becausetheycannotberecovered.However,protectedimages(=192)cannotbeerased.

ChoosingaSelectionMethod1 Accessthesettingscreen.zz Pressthe<n>button,andthenchoose[Erase]onthe[1]tab(=48).

2 Chooseaselectionmethod.zz Chooseamenuitemandasettingasdesired(=48).zz Toreturntothemenuscreen,pressthe<n>button.

ChoosingImagesIndividually1 Choose[Select].zz Followingstep2above,choose[Select]andpressthe<m>button.

2 Chooseanimage.zz Onceyoufollowstep2on=193tochooseanimage,[ ]isdisplayed.zz Tocancelselection,pressthe<m>buttonagain.[ ]isnolongerdisplayed.zz Repeatthisprocesstospecifyotherimages.

Page 198: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

198

ErasingImages

3 Erasetheimage.zz Pressthe<n>button.Aconfirmationmessageisdisplayed.zz Pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtochoose[OK],andthenpressthe<m>button.

SelectingaRange1 Choose[SelectRange].zz Followingstep2on“ChoosingaSelectionMethod”(=197),choose[SelectRange]andpressthe<m>button.

2 Chooseimages.zz Followsteps2–3on=194tospecifyimages.

3 Erasetheimages.zz Pressthe<p>buttontochoose[Erase],andthenpressthe<m>button.

Page 199: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

199

ErasingImages

SpecifyingAllImagesatOnce1 Choose[SelectAllImages].zz Followingstep2on“ChoosingaSelectionMethod”(=197),choose[SelectAllImages]andpressthe<m>button.

2 Erasetheimages.zz Pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtochoose[OK],andthenpressthe<m>button.

Page 200: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

200

StillImages Movies

Rotating ImagesChangetheorientationofimagesandsavethemasfollows.

1 Choose[Rotate].zz Pressthe<n>buttonandchoose[Rotate]onthe[1]tab(=48).

2 Rotatetheimage.zz Pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtochooseanimage.zz Theimageisrotated90°eachtimeyoupressthe<m>button.zz Toreturntothemenuscreen,pressthe<n>button.

•Movieswithanimagequalityof[ ]or[ ]cannotberotated.•Rotationisnotpossiblewhen[AutoRotate]issetto[Off]

(=201).

Page 201: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

201

RotatingImages

Deactivating Auto RotationFollowthesestepstodeactivateautomaticrotationbythecamera,whichrotatesimagesshotinverticalorientationsotheyaredisplayedverticallyonthecamera.

zz Pressthe<n>button,choose[AutoRotate]onthe[1]tab,andthenchoose[Off](=48).

• Imagescannotberotated(=200)whenyouset[AutoRotate]to[Off].Additionally,imagesalreadyrotatedwillbedisplayedintheoriginalorientation.

• InSmartShuffle(=191)mode,evenif[AutoRotate]issetto[Off],imagesshotverticallywillbedisplayedvertically,androtatedimageswillbedisplayedintherotatedorientation.

Page 202: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

202

Image CategoriesYoucantagimagesasfavoritesorassignthemtoMyCategory(=203)groups.Bychoosingacategoryinfilteredplayback,youcanrestrictthefollowingoperationstoallofthoseimages.• Viewing(=174),ViewingSlideshows(=190),ProtectingImages

(=192),ErasingImages(=196),AddingImagestothePrintList(DPOF)(=266),AddingImagestoaPhotobook(=271)

StillImages Movies

Tagging Images as Favorites1 Choose[Favorites].zz Pressthe<n>buttonandchoose[Favorites]onthe[1]tab(=48).

2 Chooseanimage.zz Pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtochooseanimage,andthenpressthe<m>button.[ ]isdisplayed.zz Tountagtheimage,pressthe<m>buttonagain.[ ]isnolongerdisplayed.zz Repeatthisprocesstochooseadditionalimages.

3 Finishthesetupprocess.zz Pressthe<n>button.Aconfirmationmessageisdisplayed.zz Pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtochoose[OK],andthenpressthe<m>button.

• ImageswillnotbetaggedasfavoritesifyouswitchtoShootingmodeorturnthecameraoffbeforefinishingthesetupprocessinstep3.

Page 203: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

203

ImageCategories

• Favoriteimageswillhaveathree-starrating( )whentransferredtocomputersrunningWindows7orWindowsVista.(DoesnotapplytomoviesorRAWimages.)

StillImages Movies

Organizing Images by Category (My Category)Youcanorganizeimagesintocategories.Notethatimagesareautomaticallycategorizedatthetimeofshooting,accordingtoshootingconditions.

: Imageswithdetectedfaces,orimagesshotin[I]or[ ]mode.: Imagesdetectedas[ ],[ ],or[ ]in<A>mode,orimagesshotin[ ]mode.

: Imagesshotin[S],[P],or[t]mode.

ChoosingaSelectionMethod1 Accessthesettingscreen.zz Pressthe<n>button,andthenchoose[MyCategory]onthe[1]tab(=48).

2 Chooseaselectionmethod.zz Chooseamenuitemandasettingasdesired(=48).zz Toreturntothemenuscreen,pressthe<n>button.

Page 204: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

204

ImageCategories

ChoosingImagesIndividually1 Choose[Select].zz Followingstep2on=203,choose[Select]andpressthe<m>button.

2 Chooseanimage.zz Pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtochooseanimage.

3 Chooseacategory.zz Pressthe<o><p>buttonstochooseacategoryandthenpressthe<m>button.[ ]isdisplayed.zz Tocancelselection,pressthe<m>buttonagain.[ ]isnolongerdisplayed.zz Repeatthisprocesstochooseadditionalimages.

4 Finishthesetupprocess.zz Pressthe<n>button.Aconfirmationmessageisdisplayed.Pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtochoose[OK],andthenpressthe<m>button.

• ImageswillnotbeassignedtoacategoryifyouswitchtoShootingmodeorturnthecameraoffbeforefinishingthesetupprocessinstep4.

Page 205: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

205

ImageCategories

SelectingaRange1 Choose[SelectRange].zz Followingstep2on=203,choose[SelectRange]andpressthe<m>button.

2 Chooseimages.zz Followsteps2–3on=194tospecifyimages.

3 Chooseacategory.zz Pressthe<p>buttontochoosethetypeofimage,andthenpressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtochooseacategory.

4 Finishthesetupprocess.zz Pressthe<p>buttontochoose[Select],andthenpressthe<m>button.

• Youcancleartheselectionofallimagesinthe[SelectRange]categorybychoosing[Deselect]instep4.

Page 206: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

206

Editing Still Images

• Imageediting(=206–211)isonlyavailablewhenthememorycardhassufficientfreespace.

StillImages

Resizing ImagesSaveacopyofimagesatalowerresolution.

1 Choose[Resize].zz Pressthe<n>buttonandchoose[Resize]onthe[1]tab(=48).

2 Chooseanimage.zz Pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtochooseanimage,andthenpressthe<m>button.

3 Chooseanimagesize.zz Pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtochoosethesize,andthenpressthe<m>button.XX [Savenewimage?]isdisplayed.

4 Savethenewimage.zz Pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtochoose[OK],andthenpressthe<m>button.XX Theimageisnowsavedasanewfile.

Page 207: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

207

EditingStillImages

5 Reviewthenewimage.zz Pressthe<n>button.[Displaynewimage?]isdisplayed.zz Pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtochoose[Yes],andthenpressthe<m>button.XX Thesavedimageisnowdisplayed.

•Editingisnotpossibleforimagessavedas[ ]instep3.•RAWimagescannotbeedited.

• Imagescannotberesizedtoahigherresolution.

StillImages

CroppingYoucanspecifyaportionofanimagetosaveasaseparateimagefile.

1 Choose[Cropping].zz Pressthe<n>button,andthenchoose[Cropping]onthe[1]tab(=48).

2 Chooseanimage.zz Pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtochooseanimage,andthenpressthe<m>button.

Page 208: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

208

EditingStillImages

PreviewofImageAfterCropping

CroppingArea

ResolutionAfterCropping

3 Adjustthecroppingarea.XXAframeisdisplayedaroundtheportionoftheimagetobecropped.XX Theoriginalimageisshownintheupperleft,andapreviewoftheimageascroppedisshowninthelowerright.zz Toresizetheframe,movethezoomlever.zz Tomovetheframe,pressthe<o><p><q><r>buttons.zz Tochangetheframeorientation,pressthe<m>button.zz Facesdetectedintheimageareenclosedingrayframesintheupper-leftimage.Tocroptheimagebasedonthisframe,turnthe<7>dialtoswitchtotheotherframe.zz Pressthe<n>button.

4 Saveasanewimageandreview.zz Followsteps4–5on=206–207.

•Editingisnotpossibleforimagesshotataresolutionof[ ](=81)orresizedto[ ](=206).

•RAWimagescannotbeedited.

• Imagessupportedforcroppingwillhavethesameaspectratioaftercropping.

• Croppedimageswillhaveasmallerresolutionthanuncroppedimages.

Page 209: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

209

EditingStillImages

StillImages

Changing Image Color Tones (My Colors)Youcanadjustimagecolorsandthensavetheeditedimageasaseparatefile.Fordetailsoneachoption,see=137.

1 Choose[MyColors].zz Pressthe<n>button,andthenchoose[MyColors]onthe[1]tab(=48).

2 Chooseanimage.zz Pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtochooseanimage,andthenpressthe<m>button.

3 Chooseanoption.zz Pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtochooseanoption,andthenpressthe<m>button.

4 Saveasanewimageandreview.zz Followsteps4–5on=206–207.

• Imagequalityofpicturesyourepeatedlyeditthiswaywillbealittlelowereachtime,andyoumaynotbeabletoobtainthedesiredcolor.

•ColorsofRAWimagescannotbeedited.

• ThecolorofimageseditedusingthisfunctionmayvaryslightlyfromthecolorofimagesshotusingMyColors(=137).

Page 210: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

210

EditingStillImages

StillImages

Correcting Image Brightness (i-Contrast)Excessivelydarkimageareas(suchasfacesorbackgrounds)canbedetectedandautomaticallyadjustedtotheoptimalbrightness.Insufficientoverallimagecontrastisalsoautomaticallycorrected,tomakesubjectsstandoutbetter.Choosefromfourcorrectionlevels,andthensavetheimageasaseparatefile.

1 Choose[i-Contrast].zz Pressthe<n>button,andthenchoose[i-Contrast]onthe[1]tab(=48).

2 Chooseanimage.zz Pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtochooseanimage,andthenpressthe<m>button.

3 Chooseanoption.zz Pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtochooseanoption,andthenpressthe<m>button.

4 Saveasanewimageandreview.zz Followsteps4–5on=206–207.

•Forsomeimages,correctionmaybeinaccurateormaycauseimagestoappeargrainy.

• Imagesmaylookgrainyafterrepeatededitingusingthisfunction.•RAWimagescannotbeeditedthisway.

• If[Auto]doesnotproducetheexpectedresults,trycorrectingimagesusing[Low],[Medium],or[High].

Page 211: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

211

EditingStillImages

StillImages

Correcting Red-EyeAutomaticallycorrectsimagesaffectedbyred-eye.Youcansavethecorrectedimageasaseparatefile.

1 Choose[Red-EyeCorrection].zz Pressthe<n>button,andthenchoose[Red-EyeCorrection]onthe[1]tab(=48).

2 Chooseanimage.zz Pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtochooseanimage.

3 Correcttheimage.zz Pressthe<m>button.XXRed-eyedetectedbythecameraisnowcorrected,andframesaredisplayedaroundcorrectedimageareas.zz Enlargeorreduceimagesasneeded.Followthestepsin=189.

4 Saveasanewimageandreview.zz Pressthe<o><p><q><r>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtochoose[NewFile],andthenpressthe<m>button.XX Theimageisnowsavedasanewfile.zz Followstep5on=207.

Page 212: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

212

EditingStillImages

•Someimagesmaynotbecorrectedaccurately.•Tooverwritetheoriginalimagewiththecorrectedimage,choose[Overwrite]instep4.Inthiscase,theoriginalimagewillbeerased.

•Protectedimagescannotbeoverwritten.•RAWimagescannotbeeditedthisway.•Red-eyecorrectioncanbeappliedtoJPEGimagesshotin[ ],buttheoriginalimagecannotbeoverwritten.

Page 213: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

213

Movies

Editing MoviesYoucancutmoviestoremoveunneededportionsatthebeginningorend.

1 Choose[*].zz Followingsteps1–5on=174–175,choose[*]andpressthe<m>button.XX Themovieeditingpanelandeditingbararenowdisplayed.

MovieEditingPanel

MovieEditingBar

2 Specifyportionstocut.zz Pressthe<o><p>buttonstochoose[ ]or[ ].zz Toviewtheportionsyoucancut(identifiedby[ ]onthescreen),pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtomove[ ].Cutthebeginningofthemovie(from[ ])bychoosing[ ],andcuttheendofthemoviebychoosing[ ].zz Evenifyoumove[ ]toapositionotherthana[ ]mark,choosing[ ]willonlycuttheportionfromthenearest[ ]totheleft,andchoosing[ ]willcuttheportionfromthenearest[ ]totheright.

3 Reviewtheeditedmovie.zz Pressthe<o><p>buttonstochoose[ ],andthenpressthe<m>button.Theeditedmovieisnowplayed.zz Toeditthemovieagain,repeatstep2.zz Tocancelediting,pressthe<o><p>buttonstochoose[ ].Pressthe<m>button,choose[OK](eitherpressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe<7>dial),andthenpressthe<m>buttonagain.

Page 214: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

214

EditingMovies

4 Savetheeditedmovie.zz Pressthe<o><p>buttonstochoose[ ],andthenpressthe<m>button.zz Pressthe<o><p><q><r>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtochoose[NewFile],andthenpressthe<m>button.XX Themovieisnowsavedasanewfile.

•Tooverwritetheoriginalmoviewiththecutone,choose[Overwrite]instep4.Inthiscase,theoriginalmoviewillbeerased.

• [Overwrite]isonlyavailablewhenmemorycardslacksufficientfreespace.

•Moviesmaynotbesavedifthebatteryrunsoutwhilesavingisinprogress.

•Wheneditingmovies,youshoulduseafullychargedbatteryoranACadapterkit(soldseparately,=235).

Page 215: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

215

EditingMovies

Editing Movie Digest ClipsIndividualchapters(=94)recordedin[ ]modecanbeerased,asneeded.Becarefulwhenerasingchapters,becausetheycannotberecovered.

1 Selectthechaptertoerase.zz Followsteps1–5on=174–175tochooseamovierecordedin[ ]mode,andthenpressthe<m>buttonrepeatedlytoaccessthescreenatleft.zz Choosethechaptertoerasebypressingthe<q><r>buttonsorturningthe<7>dial,andthenchoosing[ ]or[ ].

2 Choose[ ].zz Followingsteps1–3on=174–175,choose[ ]andpressthe<m>button.XX Theselectedchapterisplayedbackrepeatedly.

3 Confirmerasure.zz Pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtochoose[OK],andthenpressthe<m>button.XX Thechapteriserased,andtheclipisoverwritten.

• [ ]isnotdisplayedifyouselectachapterwhenthecameraisconnectedtoaprinter.

Page 216: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

216

Page 217: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

217

Setting MenuCustomizeoradjustbasiccamerafunctionsforgreaterconvenience

7

Page 218: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

218

Adjusting Basic Camera FunctionsFunctionscanbeconfiguredonthe[3]tab.Customizecommonlyusedfunctionsasdesired,forgreaterconvenience(=48).

Silencing Camera OperationsSilencecamerasoundsandmoviesasfollows.

zz Choose[Mute],andthenchoose[On].

• Operationcanalsobesilencedbyholdingdownthe<p>buttonasyouturnthecameraon.

• Soundisnotplayedduringmoviesifyoumutecamerasounds(=174).Torestoresoundduringmovies,pressthe<o>button.Adjustvolumewiththe<o><p>buttons,asneeded.

Adjusting the VolumeAdjustthevolumeofindividualcamerasoundsasfollows.

zz Choose[Volume],andthenpressthe<m>button.zz Chooseanitem,andthenpressthe<q><r>buttonstoadjustthevolume.

Page 219: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

219

AdjustingBasicCameraFunctions

Customizing SoundsCustomizecameraoperatingsoundsasfollows.

zz Choose[SoundOptions],andthenpressthe<m>button.zz Chooseanitem,andthenpressthe<q><r>buttonstochooseanoption.

1,2 Presetsounds(cannotbemodified)

3PresetsoundsCanbechangedbyusingtheincludedsoftware.

• Thedefaultshuttersoundisusedin[ ]mode(=116),regardlessofanychangesto[ShutterSound].

Hiding Hints and TipsHintsandtipsarenormallyshownwhenyouchooseFUNC.menu(=47)orMenu(=48)items.Ifyouprefer,youcandeactivatethisinformation.

zz Choose[Hints&Tips],andthenchoose[Off].

Page 220: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

220

AdjustingBasicCameraFunctions

Date and TimeAdjustthedateandtimeasfollows.

1 Accessthe[Date/Time]screen.zz Choose[Date/Time],andthenpressthe<m>button.

2 Configurethesetting.zz Pressthe<q><r>buttonstochooseanoption,andthenadjustthesetting,eitherbypressingthe<o><p>buttonsorturningthe<7>dial.

World ClockToensurethatyourshotswillhavethecorrectlocaldateandtimewhenyoutravelabroad,simplyregisterthedestinationinadvanceandswitchtothattimezone.ThisconvenientfeatureeliminatestheneedtochangetheDate/Timesettingmanually.Beforeusingtheworldclock,besuretosetthedateandtimeandyourhometimezone(“SettingtheDateandTime”(=20)).

1 Specifyyourdestination.zz Choose[TimeZone],andthenpressthe<m>button.zz Pressthe<o><p>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtochoose[ World],andthenpressthe<m>button.zz Pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtochoosethedestination.zz Tosetdaylightsavingtime(1hourahead),pressthe<o><p>buttonstochoose[ ].zz Pressthe<m>button.

Page 221: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

221

AdjustingBasicCameraFunctions

2 Switchtothedestinationtimezone.zz Pressthe<o><p>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtochoose[ World],andthenpressthe<n>button.XX [ ]isnowshownontheshootingscreen(“On-ScreenInformation”(=286)).

• Adjustingthedateortimewhilein[ ]mode(=22)willautomaticallyupdateyour[ Home]timeanddate.

Screen BrightnessAdjustscreenbrightnessasfollows.

zz Choose[LCDBrightness],andthenpressthe<q><r>buttonstoadjustthebrightness.

• Formaximumbrightness,pressandholdthe<p>buttonforatleastonesecondwhentheshootingscreenisdisplayedorwheninsingle-imagedisplay.(Thiswilloverridethe[LCDBrightness]settingonthe[3]tab.)Torestoretheoriginalbrightness,pressandholdthe<p>buttonagainforatleastonesecondorrestartthecamera.

Page 222: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

222

AdjustingBasicCameraFunctions

Start-up ScreenCustomizethestart-upscreenshownafteryouturnthecameraonasfollows.

zz Choose[Start-upImage],andthenpressthe<m>button.zz Pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtochooseanoption.

Nostart-upimage

1,2 Presetimage(cannotbemodified)

3PresetimageAssignadesiredshot,orusetheincludedsoftwaretochangetheimage.

CustomizingtheStart-upScreen1 Accessthe[Start-upImage]

screeninPlaybackmode.zz Pressthe<1>button.zz Followingthepreviousprocedure,choose[3]andpressthe<m>button.

2 Chooseoneofyourshots.zz Chooseanimageandpressthe<m>button.After[Register?]isdisplayed,choose[OK](eitherpressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe<7>dial),andthenpressthe<m>button.

•Thepreviousstart-upsettingisoverwrittenwhenyouassignanewstart-upimage.

Page 223: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

223

AdjustingBasicCameraFunctions

• Youcanassigntheoperatingsoundsandstart-upimageforyourcamerafromtheincludedsoftware.RefertotheSoftware Guide(=30)fordetails.

Formatting Memory CardsBeforeusinganewmemorycardoracardformattedinanotherdevice,youshouldformatthecardwiththiscamera.Formattingerasesalldataonamemorycard.Beforeformatting,copyimagesonthememorycardtoacomputer,ortakeotherstepstobackthemup.AnEye-Ficard(=274)containssoftwareonthecarditself.BeforeformattinganEye-Ficard,installthesoftwareonacomputer.

1 Accessthe[Format]screen.zz Choose[Format],andthenpressthe<m>button.

2 Choose[OK].zz Pressthe<o><p>buttonstochoose[Cancel],choose[OK](eitherpressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe<7>dial),andthenpressthe<m>button.

3 Formatthememorycard.zz Tobegintheformattingprocess,pressthe<o><p>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtochoose[OK],andthenpressthe<m>button.zz Whenformattingisfinished,[Memorycardformattingcomplete]isdisplayed.Pressthe<m>button.

•Formattingorerasingdataonamemorycardonlychangesfilemanagementinformationonthecardanddoesnoterasethedatacompletely.Whentransferringordisposingofmemorycards,takestepstoprotectpersonalinformationifnecessary,asbyphysicallydestroyingcards.

Page 224: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

224

AdjustingBasicCameraFunctions

• Thetotalcardcapacityindicatedontheformattingscreenmaybelessthantheadvertisedcapacity.

Low-LevelFormattingPerformlow-levelformattinginthesecases:[Memorycarderror]isdisplayed,thecameraisnotworkingcorrectly,cardimagereading/writingisslower,continuousshootingisslower,ormovierecordingsuddenlystops.Low-levelformattingerasesalldataonamemorycard.Beforelow-levelformatting,copyimagesonthememorycardtoacomputer,ortakeotherstepstobackthemup.

Performlow-levelformatting.zz Onthescreeninstep2on=223,pressthe<o><p>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtochoose[LowLevelFormat],andthenselectthisoption(markwitha[ ])bypressingthe<q><r>buttons.zz Followsteps2–3on=223tocontinuewiththeformattingprocess.

• Low-levelformattingtakeslongerthan“FormattingMemoryCards”(=223),becausedataiserasedfromallstorageregionsofthememorycard.

• Youcancancellow-levelformattinginprogressbychoosing[Stop].Inthiscase,alldatawillbeerased,butthememorycardcanbeusednormally.

Page 225: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

225

AdjustingBasicCameraFunctions

File NumberingYourshotsareautomaticallynumberedinsequentialorder(0001–9999)andsavedinfoldersthatstoreupto2,000imageseach.Youcanchangehowthecameraassignsfilenumbers.

zz Choose[FileNumbering],andthenchooseanoption.

Continuous

Imagesarenumberedconsecutively(untilthe9999thshotistaken/saved)evenifyouswitchmemorycards.

AutoReset

Imagenumberingisresetto0001ifyouswitchmemorycards,orwhenanewfolderiscreated.

• Regardlessoftheoptionselectedinthissetting,shotsmaybenumberedconsecutivelyafterthelastnumberofexistingimagesonnewlyinsertedmemorycards.Tostartsavingshotsfrom0001,useanempty(orformatted(=223))memorycard.

• RefertotheSoftware Guide(=30)forinformationonthecardfolderstructureandimageformats.

Date-Based Image StorageInsteadofsavingimagesinfolderscreatedeachmonth,youcanhavethecameracreatefolderseachdayyoushoottostoreshotstakenthatday.

zz Choose[CreateFolder],andthenchoose[Daily].XX Imageswillnowbesavedinfolderscreatedontheshootingdate.

Page 226: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

226

AdjustingBasicCameraFunctions

Lens Retraction TimingThelensisnormallyretractedforsafetyaboutoneminuteafteryoupressthe<1>buttoninShootingmode(=42).Tohavethelensretractedimmediatelyafteryoupressthe<1>button,settheretractiontimingto[0sec.].

zz Choose[LensRetract],andthenchoose[0sec.].

Power-Saving AdjustmentAdjustthetimingofautomaticcameraandscreendeactivation(AutoPowerDownandDisplayOff,respectively)asneeded(=42).

1 Accessthe[PowerSaving]screen.zz Choose[PowerSaving],andthenpressthe<m>button.

2 Configurethesettings.zz Afterchoosinganitem,pressthe<q><r>buttonstoadjustitasneeded.

•Toconservebatterypower,youshouldnormallychoose[On]for[AutoPowerDown]and[1min.]orlessfor[DisplayOff].

• The[DisplayOff]settingisappliedevenifyouset[AutoPowerDown]to[Off].

Page 227: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

227

AdjustingBasicCameraFunctions

Metric/Non-Metric DisplayChangetheunitofmeasurementshownintheMFindicator(=143)andzoombar(=54)fromm/cmtoft/inasneeded.

zz Choose[Units],andthenchoose[ft/in].

Page 228: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

228

AdjustingBasicCameraFunctions

Electronic Level CalibrationCalibratetheelectroniclevelifitseemsineffectiveinhelpingyoulevelthecamera.

1 Makesurethecameraislevel.zz Placethecameraonaflatsurface,suchasatable.

2 Accessthe[ElectronicLevel]screen.zz Choose[ElectronicLevel],andthenpressthe<m>button.

3 Calibratetheelectroniclevel.zz Toadjustleft/righttilt,choose[HorizontalRollCalibration],andtoadjustforward/backwardtilt,choose[VerticalPitchCalibration],followedbythe<m>button.Aconfirmationmessageisdisplayed.zz Choose[OK],andthenpressthe<m>button.

ResettingtheElectronicLevelRestoretheelectronicleveltoitsoriginalstateasfollows.Notethatthisisnotpossibleunlessyouhavecalibratedtheelectroniclevel.

zz Choose[ElectronicLevel],andthenpressthe<m>button.zz Choose[Reset],andthenpressthe<m>button.XXOncetheelectroniclevelhasbeenreset,themenuscreenisdisplayedagain.

Page 229: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

229

AdjustingBasicCameraFunctions

Setting Copyright Information to Record in Images

Torecordtheauthor’snameandcopyrightdetailsinimages,setthisinformationbeforehandasfollows.

1 Accessthesettingscreen.zz Choose[CopyrightInfo],andthenpressthe<m>button.zz Pressthe<o><p>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtochoose[EnterAuthor’sName]or[EnterCopyrightDetails],andthenpressthe<m>button.

2 Enteraname.zz Pressthe<o><p><q><r>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtochooseacharacter,andthenpressthe<m>buttontoenterit.zz Upto63characterscanbeused.zz Pressthe<a>buttontodeletesinglecharacters.zz Turnthe<z>dialorchoose[ ]or[ ]andpressthe<m>buttontomovethecursor.

3 Savethesettings.zz Pressthe<n>button.[Acceptchanges?]isdisplayed.zz Pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtochoose[Yes],andthenpressthe<m>button.XX Theinformationsetherewillnowberecordedinimages.

Page 230: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

230

AdjustingBasicCameraFunctions

• Tochecktheinformationentered,choose[DisplayCopyrightInfo]onthescreeninstep1,andthenpressthe<m>button.

• Youcanalsousetheincludedsoftware(=30)toenter,change,anddeletecopyrightinformation.Somecharactersenteredwiththeincludedsoftwaremaynotdisplayonthecamera,butwillbecorrectlyrecordedinimages.

• Youcanview,change,anddeletecopyrightinformationrecordedinimagesbyusingtheincludedsoftwaretosaveimagestoacomputer.

DeletingAllCopyrightInformationYoucandeleteboththeauthor’snameandcopyrightdetailsatthesametimeasfollows.

zz Followstep1on=229andchoose[DeleteCopyrightInfo].zz Pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtochoose[OK],andthenpressthe<m>button.

• Thecopyrightinfoalreadyrecordedinimageswillnotbedeleted.

Checking Certification LogosSomelogosforcertificationrequirementsmetbythecameracanbeviewedonthescreen.Othercertificationlogosareprintedinthisguide,onthecamerapackaging,oronthecamerabody.

zz Choose[CertificationLogoDisplay],andthenpressthe<m>button.

Page 231: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

231

AdjustingBasicCameraFunctions

Display LanguageChangethedisplaylanguageasneeded.

1 Accessthe[Language]screen.zz Choose[Language ],andthenpressthe<m>button.

2 Configurethesetting.zz Pressthe<o><p><q><r>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtochoosealanguage,andthenpressthe<m>button.

• Youcanalsoaccessthe[Language]screeninPlaybackmodebypressingandholdingthe<m>buttonandimmediatelypressingthe<n>button.

Adjusting Other SettingsThefollowingsettingscanalsobeadjustedonthe[3]tab.• [VideoSystem](=243)• [CtrlviaHDMI](=241)• [Eye-FiSettings](=274)

Restoring DefaultsIfyouaccidentallychangeasetting,youcanrestoredefaultcamerasettings.

1 Accessthe[ResetAll]screen.zz Choose[ResetAll],andthenpressthe<m>button.

2 Restoredefaultsettings.zz Pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtochoose[OK],andthenpressthe<m>button.XXDefaultsettingsarenowrestored.

Page 232: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

232

AdjustingBasicCameraFunctions

• Thefollowingfunctionsarenotrestoredtodefaultsettings.-[3]tabsettings[Date/Time](=20),[Language ](=23),[TimeZone](=220),[VideoSystem](=243),andtheimageassignedto[Start-upImage](=222)

-InformationregisteredusingFaceID(=69)-Customwhitebalancedatayouhaverecorded(=135)-ColorschoseninColorAccent(=109)orColorSwap(=110)-Shootingmodechosenin<K>(=95)or< >(=99)mode-Exposurecompensation(=125)setting-Themoviemode(=119)-Calibratedvaluefortheelectroniclevel(=228)-Copyrightinformation(=229)

Page 233: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

233

AccessoriesUseincludedaccessorieseffectivelyandenjoythecamerainmorewayswithoptionalCanonaccessoriesandothercompatibleaccessoriessoldseparately

8

Page 234: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

234

Tips on Using Included Accessories

Effective Battery and Charger Use• Chargethebatteryon(orimmediatelybefore)thedayofuseChargedbatteriesgraduallylosetheircharge,evenwhentheyarenotused.Youcaneasilycheckthechargestateofthebatterybyattachingthecoversothatisvisibleonachargedbattery,andattachingitsothatisnotvisibleonanunchargedbattery.

• Long-termbatterystorageAfterusingupallremainingbatterypower,removethebatteryfromthecamera.Storethebatterywiththecoverattached.Storingapartiallychargedbatteryoverextendedperiods(aboutayear)mayshortenitslifeoraffectperformance.

• UsingthebatterychargerabroadThechargercanbeusedinareaswith100–240VACpower(50/60Hz).Forpoweroutletsinadifferentformat,useacommerciallyavailableadapterfortheplug.Neveruseanelectricaltransformerdesignedfortraveling,whichmaydamagethebattery.

Page 235: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

235

Optional AccessoriesThefollowingcameraaccessoriesaresoldseparately.Notethatavailabilityvariesbyarea,andsomeaccessoriesmaynolongerbeavailable.

Power SuppliesBatteryPackNB-10Lzz Rechargeablelithium-ionbattery

BatteryChargerCB-2LC/CB-2LCEzz ChargerforBatteryPackNB-10L

ACAdapterKitACK-DC80zz Forpoweringthecamerausinghouseholdpower.Recommendedwhenusingthecameraoverextendedperiods,orwhenconnectingthecameratoaprinterorcomputer.Cannotbeusedtochargethecamerabattery.

•ThebatterychargerandACadapterkitcanbeusedinareaswith100–240VACpower(50/60Hz).

•Forpoweroutletsinadifferentformat,useacommerciallyavailableadapterfortheplug.Neveruseanelectricaltransformerdesignedfortraveling,whichmaydamagethebattery.

Flash UnitsHigh-PowerFlashHF-DC2zz Externalflashforilluminatingsubjectsthatareoutofrangeofthebuilt-inflash.High-PowerFlashHF-DC1canalsobeused.

Speedlite600EX-RT,600EX,580EXII,430EXII,320EX,270EXIIzz Shoe-mountedflashunitthatenablesmanystylesofflashphotography.Speedlite580EX,430EX,270EX,and220EXarealsosupported.

Page 236: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

236

OptionalAccessories

SpeedliteBracketSB-E2zz Preventsunnaturalshadowsnexttosubjectsduringverticalshooting.IncludesOff-CameraShoeCordOC-E3.

SpeedliteTransmitterST-E2zz EnableswirelesscontrolofslaveSpeedliteflashunits(exceptSpeedlite270EX/220EX).

MacroTwinLiteMT-24EXMacroRingLiteMR-14EXzz RequiresConversionLensAdapterLA-DC58L,Off-CameraShoeCordOC-E3,andBracketBKT-DC1(allsoldseparately)forattachmenttothecamera.RequiresConversionLensAdapterLA-DC58L(soldseparately)forattachmenttothecamera.

Off-CameraShoeCordOC-E3zz UsedtoattachaMacroTwinLiteflashtothecamera.

BracketBKT-DC1zz UsedtoattachaMacroTwinLiteflashtothecamera.

Page 237: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

237

OptionalAccessories

Other AccessoriesSoftCaseSC-DC85zz Protectsthecamerafromdustandscratches.Handlewithcaretopreventleatherdiscoloration.

WaterproofCaseWP-DC48zz Forunderwaterphotographyatdepthsofupto40meters(130ft.).Alsousefulforshootingintherain,atthebeach,oronskislopes.

InterfaceCableIFC-400PCUzz Forconnectingthecameratoacomputerorprinter.

StereoAVCableAVC-DC400STzz ConnectthecameratoaTVtoenjoyplaybackonthelargerTVscreen.

HDMICableHTC-100zz ForconnectingthecameratoanHDMIinputofahigh-definitionTV.

Tele-converterTC-DC58Ezz Optionallensattachedtothecameratoincreasethefocallengthbyafactorofapproximately1.4x.(Includeslenshood.)

Page 238: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

238

OptionalAccessories

ConversionLensAdapterLA-DC58Lzz AdapterrequiredtoattachtheTele-converterorMacroRingLite/MacroTwinLiteflashtothecamera.

RemoteSwitchRS-60E3zz Enablesremoteshutterbuttonoperation(pressingthebuttonhalfwayorallthewaydown).

FilterAdapterFA-DC58Dzz Adapterrequiredwhenmountinga58mmfilter.

CanonLensFilter(58mmdia.)zz Protectsthelensandenablesavarietyofshootingeffects.

PrintersCanonPictBridge-CompatiblePrinterszz PrintingimageswithoutacomputerispossiblebyconnectingthecameratoaCanonPictBridge-compatibleprinter.Fordetails,visityournearestCanondealer.

Page 239: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

239

StillImages Movies

Using Optional Accessories

StillImages Movies

Playback on a TVByconnectingthecameratoaTV,youcanviewyourshotsonthelargerscreenoftheTV.Fordetailsonconnectionorhowtoswitchinputs,refertotheTVmanual.

• SomeinformationmaynotbedisplayedontheTV(=288).

StillImages Movies

PlaybackonaHigh-DefinitionTVConnectingthecameratoanHDTVwiththeHDMICableHTC-100(soldseparately)enablesyoutoviewyourshotsonthelargerscreenoftheTV.Moviesshotataresolutionof[ ]or[ ]canbeviewedinhigh-definition.

1 MakesurethecameraandTVareoff.

2 ConnectthecameratotheTV.zz OntheTV,insertthecableplugfullyintotheHDMIinputasshown.

zz Onthecamera,opentheterminalcoverandinsertthecableplugfullyintothecameraterminal.

Page 240: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

240

UsingOptionalAccessories

3 TurntheTVonandswitchtovideoinput.zz SwitchtheTVinputtothevideoinputyouconnectedthecabletoinstep2.

4 Turnthecameraon.zz Pressthe<1>buttontoturnthecameraon.XX ImagesfromthecameraarenowdisplayedontheTV.(Nothingisdisplayedonthecamerascreen.)zz Whenfinished,turnoffthecameraandTVbeforedisconnectingthecable.

• ItisnotpossibletoconnecttheUSBcableoranoptionalstereoAVcableatthesametimeasanHDMICableHTC-100.Forcingthecablesintothecameraatthesametimemaydamagethecameraorcables.

• CameraoperatingsoundsarenotplayedwhilethecameraisconnectedtoanHDTV.

Page 241: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

241

UsingOptionalAccessories

StillImages Movies

ControllingtheCamerawithaTVRemoteConnectingthecameratoanHDMICEC-compatibleTVenablesplayback(includingslideshowplayback)usingtheTVremotecontrol.Inthiscase,youwillneedtoadjustsomeTVsettings.Fordetails,refertotheTVusermanual.

1 Configurethesetting.zz Pressthe<n>button,choose[CtrlviaHDMI]onthe[3]tab,andthenchoose[Enable](=48).

2 ConnectthecameratotheTV.zz Followsteps1–2on=239toconnectthecameratotheTV.

3 Displayimages.zz TurnontheTV.Onthecamera,pressthe<1>button.XX ImagesfromthecameraarenowdisplayedontheTV.(Nothingisdisplayedonthecamerascreen.)

4 ControlthecamerawiththeTVremote.zz Pressthe<q><r>buttonsontheremotetobrowseimages.zz Todisplaythecameracontrolpanel,presstheOK/Selectbutton.Selectcontrolpanelitemsbypressingthe<q><r>buttonstochooseanitem,andthenpressingtheOK/Selectbuttonagain.

Page 242: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

242

UsingOptionalAccessories

CameraControlPanelOptionsShownontheTVReturn Closesthemenu.

GroupPlayback Displayssetsofimagesshotin[ ]mode(=116).(Onlydisplayedwhenagroupedimageisselected.)

PlayMovie Startsmovieplayback.(Onlydisplayedwhenamovieisselected.)

. SlideshowStartsslideshowplayback.Toswitchimagesduringplayback,pressthe<q><r>buttonsontheremotecontrol.

IndexPlayback Displaysmultipleimagesinanindex.

l ChangeDisplay Switchesdisplaymodes(=46).

• Pressingthe<n>buttononthecamerawillswitchcontroltothecameraitself,whichwillpreventremotecontroluntilyoureturntosingle-imagedisplay.

• ThecameramaynotalwaysrespondcorrectlyeveniftheremoteisforanHDMICEC-compatibleTV.

Page 243: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

243

UsingOptionalAccessories

StillImages Movies

PlaybackonaStandard-DefinitionTVConnectingthecameratoaTVwiththeStereoAVCableAVC-DC400ST(soldseparately)enablesyoutoviewyourshotsonthelargerscreenoftheTVasyoucontrolthecamera.

1 MakesurethecameraandTVareoff.

Red

RedWhiteYellow

Yellow

White

2 ConnectthecameratotheTV.zz OntheTV,insertthecableplugsfullyintothevideoinputsasshown.

zz Onthecamera,opentheterminalcoverandinsertthecableplugfullyintothecameraterminal.

3 Displayimages.zz Followsteps3–4on=240todisplayimages.

•Correctdisplayisnotpossibleunlessthecameravideooutputformat(NTSCorPAL)matchestheTVformat.Tochangethevideooutputformat,pressthe<n>buttonandchoose[VideoSystem]onthe[3]tab.

•WhenthecameraandTVareconnected,youcanalsoshootwhilepreviewingshotsonthelargerscreenoftheTV.Toshoot,followthesamestepsaswhenusingthecamerascreen.However,AF-PointZoom(=87),StitchAssist(=118)andMF-PointZoom(=143)arenotavailable.

Page 244: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

244

UsingOptionalAccessories

StillImages Movies

Powering the Camera with Household PowerPoweringthecamerawithACAdapterKitACK-DC80(soldseparately)eliminatestheneedtomonitortheremainingbatterylevel.

1 Makesurethecameraisoff.2 Connecttheadaptertothe

coupler.zz Inserttheadapterplugfullyintothecoupler.

3 Insertthecoupler.zz Followstep2on=18toopenthecover,andtheninsertthecouplerasshownuntilitlocksintoplace.

CouplerCablePort

zz Lowerthecover( ),keepingthecouplercableinthecouplercableport( ).zz Slidethecover( )untilitclicksintoplace.

Page 245: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

245

UsingOptionalAccessories

4 Connectthepowercord.zz Insertoneendofthepowercordintothecompactpoweradapter,andthenplugtheotherendintoapoweroutlet.zz Turnthecameraonanduseitasdesired.zz Whenfinished,turnthecameraoffandunplugthepowercordfromtheoutlet.

•Donotdisconnecttheadapterorunplugthepowercordwhilethecameraisstillon.Thismayeraseyourshotsordamagethecamera.

•Donotattachtheadapteroradaptercordtootherobjects.Doingsocouldresultinmalfunctionordamagetotheproduct.

StillImages Movies

Using a Tele-converter (Sold Separately)AttachingTele-converterTC-DC58EandConversionLensAdapterLA-DC58L(bothsoldseparately)enablesyoutouseafocallengthof1.4x.

1 Removethering.zz Makesurethecameraisoff.zz Holddowntheringreleasebutton( )andturntheringinthedirectionofthearrow( ).

zz Alignthe○markontheringwiththe●markonthecamera,andthenlifttheringoff.

Page 246: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

246

UsingOptionalAccessories

2 Attachtheconversionlensadapter.zz Alignthe●markontheconversionlensadapterwiththe●markonthecamera,andthenturntheadapterinthedirectionofthearrowsuntilitlocks.zz Toremovetheadapter,holddowntheringreleasebuttonandturntheadapterintheoppositedirection.

3 Attachthetele-converterlens.zz Turnthelensinthedirectionofthearrowtoattachitsecurelytothecamera.

4 Specifytheconverterinthecamerasettings.zz Turnthecameraon.zz Pressthe<n>buttonandchoose[Converter]onthe[4]tab.Pressthe<q><r>buttonstochoose[TC-DC58E].zz Thereisnoneedtoadjusttheconvertersettingwhen[ISMode]issetto[Off].zz Afterremovingtheconverter,alwaysreturntheconvertersettingto[None].

Page 247: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

247

UsingOptionalAccessories

•Vignettingmayoccur(especiallyinthelowerright)whenthebuilt-inflashisused.

•Setthecameratomaximumtelephotowhenusingthetele-converter.Atotherzoompositions,vignettingmayoccur.

•UsetheLCDmonitortocomposeshots.Theviewthroughtheviewfindermaybepartiallyobstructedbyvignetting.

•Beforeuse,removealldustordebrisfromtheconversionlenswithalensblowerbrush.

•Stitchingmultipleimagestogetheraccuratelywiththeincludedsoftwareisnotpossiblewhenshootingin[x]or[v]mode(=118)whileusingtheselensattachments.

StillImages Movies

Using a Lens HoodAttachingthelenshoodincludedwithTele-converterTC-DC58E(soldseparately)canreducetheeffectofextraneouslightoutsidetheangleofviewwhenshootingbacklitsubjects,orwhenthecameraisaimedtowardabrightlightsource.

Attachthelenshood.zz Fitthelenshoodoverthetele-converterasshownandattachitsecurely.zz Whenthelenshoodwillnotbeused,attachitinverted.

•Vignettingmayoccurifyouusethebuilt-inflashwhenthelenshoodisattached.

Page 248: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

248

UsingOptionalAccessories

StillImages Movies

Using Lens Filters (Sold Separately)Attachingalensfiltertothecameraprotectsthelensandallowsyoutoshootwithvariouseffects.Toattachalensfilter,youwillneedFilterAdapterFA-DC58D(soldseparately).

1 Removethering.zz Followstep1on=245toremovethering.

2 Attachthefilteradapter.zz Alignthe●markonthefilteradapterwiththe●markonthecamera,andthenturntheadapterinthedirectionofthearrowsuntilitlocksinplace.zz Toremovetheadapter,turnoffthecamera,holddowntheringreleasebutton,andturntheadapterintheoppositedirection.

 

3 Attachafilter.zz Attachthefiltertothecamerainthedirectionofthearrow.

•WerecommendtheuseofgenuineCanonfilters(58mmdia.).•Whennotusingautofocustoshoot,setthemanualfocusoption[SafetyMF]to[On].

• Ifyouusethebuilt-inflashwiththefilteradapterattached,portionsoftheimagemayappeardarker.

•Whenusingthefilteradapter,besuretouseonlyonefilteratatime.Attachingmultiplefilters,oraccessoriessuchasaheavylens,maycausetheattachmentstofalloffandbecomedamaged.

•Donotgripthefilteradaptertightly.•Removethefilteradapterwhennotusingafilter.

Page 249: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

249

UsingOptionalAccessories

• Thefilteradapterandalenshoodcannotbeattachedtothecameraatthesametime.

StillImages

Using a Remote Switch (Sold Separately)AnoptionalRemoteSwitchRS-60E3canbeusedtoavoidcamerashakethatmayotherwiseoccurwhenpressingtheshutterbuttondirectly.Thisoptionalaccessoryisconvenientwhenshootingatslowshutterspeeds.

1 Connecttheremoteswitch.zz Makesurethecameraisoff.zz Opentheterminalcoverandinserttheremoteswitchplug.

2 Shoot.zz Toshoot,pressthereleasebuttonontheremoteswitch.

•Bulbphotography(longexposures)isnotsupported.

Page 250: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

250

UsingOptionalAccessories

StillImages Movies

Using an External Flash (Sold Separately)MoresophisticatedflashphotographyispossiblewithanoptionalSpeedliteEXseriesflash.FormovieshootingusinganLEDlight,theoptionalSpeedlite320EXflashisavailable.

•ThiscameradoesnotsupportsomeSpeedliteEXseriesfunctions.•WirelessoperationoftheSpeedlite600EX-RTisnotsupported.•Non-EXseriesCanonflashunitsmaynotfirecorrectlyormaynotfireatall,insomecases.

•Useofnon-Canonflashunits(especiallyhigh-voltageflashunits)orflashaccessoriesmaypreventnormalcameraoperationandmaydamagethecamera.

• AlsorefertotheSpeedliteEXseriesmanualforadditionalinformation.

StillImages Movies

SpeedliteEXSeriesTheseoptionalflashunitscanprovidebrightlightingandmeetavarietyofflashphotographyneeds.

1 Attachtheflashunittothehotshoe.

2 Turntheflashon,andthenturnthecameraon.XXAred[h]iconisnowdisplayed.XX Theflashpilotlampwilllightupwhentheflashisready.

Page 251: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

251

UsingOptionalAccessories

3 Chooseshootingmode<G>,<M>,<B>,or<D>.zz Flashsettingscanonlybeconfiguredinthesemodes.Inothermodes,theflashisadjustedandfiredautomatically,asneeded.

4 Setthewhitebalanceto[h](=134).

5 Configuretheexternalflash.zz Pressthe<n>button,choose[FlashControl]onthe[4]tab,andthenpressthe<m>button.XXOptionsalreadysetontheflashitselfaredisplayed.zz Pressthe<o><p>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtochooseanitem,andthenadjustthesettingbypressingthe<q><r>buttons.zz Availablesettingsvarydependingontheshootingmodeandtheflashattached(=257).

• Settingsforthebuilt-inflashcannotbeconfiguredwhileaSpeedliteEXseriesflashisattached,becausethatsettingscreenisnolongeraccessible.

• Youcanalsoaccessthesettingscreenbypressingthe<r>buttonforatleastonesecond.

• Flashsettingsin[ ]shootingmodecanbeconfiguredjustastheyarein<G>mode.

• 600EX-RT/580EXIIonly:[FlashControl]isnotavailableiftheexternalflashhasbeensetupforstroboscopicflash.

• 320EXonly:AutoLEDlightingisonlyavailableinlow-lightmovierecordingorinMoviemode.Inthiscase,the[ ]iconisshown.

Page 252: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

252

UsingOptionalAccessories

StillImages Movies

UsingSpeedliteBracketSB-E2(SoldSeparately)zz UsingtheoptionalSpeedliteBracketSB-E2canhelppreventunnaturalshadowsnexttosubjectsduringverticalshooting.

StillImages

MacroRingLiteMR-14EXTheseoptionalflashunitsenablemanystylesofmacroflashphotography.RequiresConversionLensAdapterLA-DC58L(soldseparately)forattachmenttothecamera.

Attachtocamera

Attach

Detach

BackSection

FrontSection

1 Preparetheconversionlensadapter.zz Rotatetheconversionlensadapterinthedirectionindicatedbythearrowtoseparatethefrontandbacksections.zz OnlythebacksectionisusedtoattachtheMacroRingLiteMR-14EXorMacroTwinLiteMT-24EX.

2 Removethering.zz Makesurethecameraisoff.zz Holddowntheringreleasebutton( )andturntheringinthedirectionofthearrow( ).

Page 253: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

253

UsingOptionalAccessories

zz Alignthe○markontheringwiththe●markonthecamera,andthenlifttheringoff.

3 Attachthebacksectionoftheconversionlensadapter.zz Alignthe●markonthebacksectionwiththe●markonthecamera,andthenturntheadapterinthedirectionofthearrowsuntilitlocksinplace.zz Toremovetheadapter,holddowntheringreleasebuttonandturntheadapterintheoppositedirection.

4 Attachthecontrollertothecamera.zz Attachthecontrolcomponentofthemacroringlitetothehotshoeontopofthecamera.

5 Attachtheflashunittotheconversionlensadapter.zz Pressthereleasebuttonsonbothsidesofthemacroringliteinandattachthemacroringlitetotheconversionlensadapter.

6 Chooseshootingmode<G>,<M>,<B>,or<D>.zz Flashsettingscanonlybeconfiguredinthesemodes.Inothermodes,theflashisadjustedandfiredautomatically,asneeded.

Page 254: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

254

Using Optional Accessories

7 Set the white balance to [h] (= 134).

8 Enter <e> mode (= 142).9 Set [ND Filter] to [On] (= 133).10 Configuretheexternalflash.z Follow step 5 on = 251 to adjust the

settings.

•Keep the macro ring lite cord away from flash heads.•When using a tripod, adjust the position of the legs to prevent

them from coming into contact with the flash heads or the bracket.•Use the screen to compose shots, because the viewfinder cannot

be used with these accessories attached.

Macro Twin Lite MT‑24EXThese optional flash units enable many styles of macro flash photography. Requires the Conversion Lens Adapter LA-DC58L, Off-Camera Shoe Cord OC-E3, and Bracket BKT-DC1 (all sold separately) for attachment to the camera.

1 Removetheringandattachthebacksectionoftheconversionlensadapter.

z Follow steps 1 – 3 on = 252 – 253 to remove the ring, and then attach the back section of the conversion lens adapter.

2 Attachtheoff-camerashoecordto the bracket.

z Slide the bracket screw to the outer end of the bracket. Align the bracket screw with the tripod socket of the off-camera shoe cord, and then tighten the screw to secure it.

Page 255: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

255

UsingOptionalAccessories

3 Attachthebrackettothecamera.zz Slidetheotherbracketscrewtotheouterendofthebracket.Alignthebracketscrewwiththetripodsocketonthebottomofthecamera,andthentightenthescrewtosecureit.

4 Attachtheoff-camerashoecordtothecamera.zz Attachthecameraconnectioncomponentoftheoff-camerashoecordtothehotshoeontopofthecamera.

5 Attachthecontrollertotheoff-camerashoecord.zz Attachthecontrollerforthemacrotwinlitetotheflashconnectioncomponentoftheoff-camerashoecord.

6 Attachtheflashunittotheconversionlensadapter.zz Attacheachflashheadtotherespectivemount( ).Pressthereleasebuttononthetopoftheringinandattachtheringtotheconversionlensadapter( ).

Page 256: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

256

UsingOptionalAccessories

7 Configuretheexternalflashandsettingsonthecamera.zz Followsteps6–10on=253–254toconfigurethesetting.

•Keepcords(fromthemacrotwinliteortheoff-camerashoecord)awayfromflashheads.

•Whenusingatripod,adjustthepositionofthelegstopreventthemfromcomingintocontactwiththeflashheadsorthebracket.

•Usethescreentocomposeshots,becausetheviewfindercannotbeusedwiththeseaccessoriesattached.

Page 257: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

257

UsingOptionalAccessories

StillImages

CameraSettingsAvailablewithanExternalFlash(SoldSeparately)

Thefollowingsettingsareavailablein<G>,<M>,<B>,or<D>mode.Inothershootingmodes,only[Red-EyeCorr.]and[Red-EyeLamp]canbeconfigured.(Withautoflashcontrol,theflashalwaysfires.)However,externalflashunitsdonotfireinmodesthatthebuilt-inflashdoesnotfire(=290).

Item OptionsShootingModeG M B D

FlashModeAuto*1 O O O –

Manual*2 O O O O

FlashExp.Comp*3 –3to+3 O O O –

FlashOutput*4 1/128*5to1/1(in1/3-stopincrements) O O O OShutterSync. 1st-curtain/2nd-curtain/Hi-speed O O O O

SlowSynchroOn O O O OOff O – O –

WirelessFunc.*6 On/Off O O O ORed-EyeCorr. On/Off O O O ORed-EyeLamp On/Off O O O O

SafetyFE*7On O O O –

Off O O O OClearFlashSettings*8 O O O O

*1E-TTLmodeisusedfortheflash.*2Mmodeisusedfortheflash.In[D]shootingmode,E-TTLmodeisalsoavailablefortheflash.Inthiscase,whentheflashfires,flashexposurecompensationsetontheflashisappliedtotheflashoutputlevelsetonthecamera.

*3Canbeconfiguredonlywhen[FlashMode]is[Auto]andflashexposurecompensationsetontheflashis[+0].Whenyouadjustflashexposurecompensationon600EX-RT,600EX,580EXII,or430EXIISpeedlites,thecameradisplaywillbeupdatedaccordingly.

*4Canbeconfiguredwhen[FlashMode]is[Manual].Linkedtosettingsontheflashunit.

*51/64forSpeedlite430EXII/430EX/320EX/270EXII/270EX,MacroRingLiteMR-14EX,andMacroTwinLiteMT-24EX.

Page 258: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

258

UsingOptionalAccessories

*6ForoptionsotherthanOn/Off,configurethesettingontheflashunititself.NotavailablewithSpeedlite430EXII/320EX/270EXII/270EX,MacroRingLiteMR-14EX,orMacroTwinLiteMT-24EX.Whenthissettingissetto[On],[ShutterSync.]cannotbesetto[2nd-curtain].(If[ShutterSync.]issetto[2nd-curtain],itwillbechangedto[1st-curtain].)

*7Canonlybeconfiguredwhen[FlashMode]is[Auto].*8Restoresalldefaultsettings.Youcanalsorestoredefaultsfor[SlowSynchro],[SafetyFE],[Red-EyeCorr.],and[Red-EyeLamp]byusing[ResetAll]inthe[3]menuonthecamera(=231).

• Flashsettingsin[ ]shootingmodecanbeconfiguredjustastheyarein<G>mode.

• In<A>shootingmode,iconsrepresentingSmiling,Sleeping,Babies(Smiling),Babies(Sleeping),andChildrenshootingscenesdeterminedbythecameraarenotdisplayed,andthecameradoesnotshootcontinuously(=59).

Page 259: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

259

StillImages Movies

Printing ImagesYourshotscaneasilybeprintedbyconnectingthecameratoaprinter.Onthecamera,youcanspecifyimagestosetupbatchprinting,prepareordersforphotodevelopmentservices,andprepareordersorprintimagesforphotobooks.ACanonSELPHYCPseriescompactphotoprinterisusedhereforthesakeofillustration.Screensdisplayedandavailablefunctionsvarybyprinter.Alsorefertotheprintermanualforadditionalinformation.

StillImages

Easy PrintEasilyprintyourshotsbyconnectingthecameratoaPictBridge-compatibleprinter(soldseparately)withtheUSBcable.

1 Makesurethecameraandprinterareoff.

2 Connectthecameratotheprinter.zz Openthecover.Holdingthesmallercableplugintheorientationshown,inserttheplugfullyintothecameraterminal.zz Connectthelargercableplugtotheprinter.Forotherconnectiondetails,refertotheprintermanual.

3 Turntheprinteron.4 Turnthecameraon.zz Pressthe<1>buttontoturnthecameraon.

Page 260: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

260

PrintingImages

XX [ ]isdisplayed.

5 Chooseanimage.zz Pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtochooseanimage.

6 Printtheimage.zz Pressthe<c>button.XXPrintingnowbegins.zz Toprintotherimages,repeatsteps5–6afterprintingisfinished.zz Whenyouarefinishedprinting,turnthecameraandprinteroffanddisconnecttheinterfacecable.

• ForCanonPictBridge-compatibleprinters(soldseparately),see=238.• RAWimagescannotbeprinted.

Page 261: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

261

PrintingImages

StillImages

Configuring Print Settings1 Accesstheprintingscreen.zz Afterfollowingsteps1–5on=259–260tochooseanimage,pressthe<m>buttontoaccessthescreenatleft.

2 Configurethesettings.zz Pressthe<o><p>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtochooseanitem,andthenchooseanoptionbypressingthe<q><r>buttons.

Default Matchescurrentprintersettings.Date Printsimageswiththedateadded.

FileNo. Printsimageswiththefilenumberadded.Both Printsimageswithboththedateandfilenumberadded.Off –

Default Matchescurrentprintersettings.Off –

On Usesinformationfromthetimeofshootingtoprintunderoptimalsettings.

Red-Eye1 Correctsred-eye.

No.ofCopies Choosethenumberofcopiestoprint.

Cropping – Specifyadesiredimageareatoprint(=262).PaperSettings – Specifythepapersize,layout,andotherdetails

(=263).

Page 262: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

262

PrintingImages

StillImages

CroppingImagesBeforePrinting(Cropping)Bycroppingimagesbeforeprinting,youcanprintadesiredimageareainsteadoftheentireimage.

1 Choose[Cropping].zz Afterfollowingstep1on=261toaccesstheprintingscreen,choose[Cropping]andpressthe<m>button.XXAcroppingframeisnowdisplayed,indicatingtheimageareatoprint.

2 Adjustthecroppingframeasneeded.zz Toresizetheframe,movethezoomlever.zz Tomovetheframe,pressthe<o><p><q><r>buttons.zz Torotatetheframe,turnthe<7>dial.zz Whenfinished,pressthe<m>button.

3 Printtheimage.zz Onthescreeninstep1,pressthe<o><p>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtochoose[Print],andthenpressthe<m>button.

•Croppingmaynotbepossibleatsmallimagesizes,oratsomeaspectratios.

•Datesmaynotbeprintedcorrectlyifyoucropimagesshotwith[DateStamp]selected.

Page 263: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

263

PrintingImages

StillImages

ChoosingPaperSizeandLayoutBeforePrinting1 Choose[PaperSettings].zz Afterfollowingstep1on=261toaccesstheprintingscreen,choose[PaperSettings]andpressthe<m>button.

2 Chooseapapersize.zz Pressthe<o><p>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtochooseanoption,andthenpressthe<m>button.

3 Chooseatypeofpaper.zz Pressthe<o><p>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtochooseanoption,andthenpressthe<m>button.

4 Choosealayout.zz Pressthe<o><p>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtochooseanoption.zz Whenchoosing[N-up],pressthe<q><r>buttonstospecifythenumberofimagespersheet.zz Pressthe<m>button.

5 Printtheimage.

Page 264: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

264

PrintingImages

AvailableLayoutOptionsDefault Matchescurrentprintersettings.Bordered Printswithblankspacearoundtheimage.Borderless Borderless,edge-to-edgeprinting.N-up Choosehowmanyimagestoprintpersheet.

IDPhotoPrintsimagesforidentificationpurposes.OnlyavailableforimageswitharesolutionofLandanaspectratioof4:3.

FixedSize Choosetheprintsize.Choosefrom3.5x5in.,postcard,orwide-formatprints.

StillImages

PrintingIDPhotos1 Choose[IDPhoto].zz Followingsteps1–4on=263,choose[IDPhoto]andpressthe<m>button.

2 Choosethelongandshortsidelength.zz Pressthe<o><p>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtochooseanitem.Choosethelengthbypressingthe<q><r>buttons,andthenpressthe<m>button.

3 Choosetheprintingarea.zz Followstep2on=262tochoosetheprintingarea.

4 Printtheimage.

Page 265: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

265

PrintingImages

Movies

Printing Movie Scenes1 Accesstheprintingscreen.zz Followsteps1–5on=259–260tochooseamovie,andthenpressthe<m>button.zz Pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtochoose[c],andthenpressthe<m>button.Thescreenatleftisdisplayed.

2 Chooseaprintingmethod.zz Pressthe<o><p>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtochoose[ ],andthenpressthe<q><r>buttonstochoosetheprintingmethod.

3 Printtheimage.

MoviePrintingOptionsSingle Printsthecurrentsceneasastillimage.

SequencePrintsaseriesofscenes,acertainintervalapart,onasinglesheetofpaper.Youcanalsoprintthefoldernumber,filenumber,andelapsedtimefortheframebysetting[Caption]to[On].

• Tocancelprintinginprogress,pressthe<m>button.• [IDPhoto]and[Sequence]cannotbechosenonCanonPictBridge-compatibleprintersfromCP720/CP730andearliermodels.

Page 266: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

266

PrintingImages

StillImages

Adding Images to the Print List (DPOF)Batchprinting(=270)andorderingprintsfromaphotodevelopmentservicecanbesetuponthecamera.Chooseupto998imagesonamemorycardandconfigurerelevantsettings,suchasthenumberofcopies,asfollows.TheprintinginformationyoupreparethiswaywillconformtoDPOF(DigitalPrintOrderFormat)standards.

• RAWimagescannotbeincludedinprintlist.

StillImages

AddingImagestothePrintListviathe<c>ButtonYoucanaddimagestotheprintlist(DPOF)duringplaybacksimplybypressingthe<c>button.

1 Chooseanimage.zz Pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtochooseanimage.

2 Addtheimagetotheprintlist.zz Pressthe<c>button.zz Pressthe<o><p>buttonstospecifythenumberofprints.Choose[Add]bypressingthe<q><r>buttonsorturningthe<7>dial,andthenpressthe<m>button.zz Toremovetheimagefromtheprintlist,repeatsteps1–2butchoose[Remove]bypressingthe<q><r>buttonsorturningthe<7>dial,andthenpressthe<m>button.

• Printlistcannotbesetupwhilethecameraisconnectedtoaprinter.

Page 267: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

267

PrintingImages

StillImages

ConfiguringPrintSettingsSpecifytheprintingformat,whethertoaddthedateorfilenumber,andothersettingsasfollows.Thesesettingsapplytoallimagesintheprintlist.

zz Pressthe<n>button,andthenchoose[PrintSettings]onthe[2]tab.Chooseandconfiguresettingsasdesired(=48).

PrintType

Standard Oneimageisprintedpersheet.

Index Smallerversionsofmultipleimagesareprintedpersheet.

Both Bothstandardandindexformatsareprinted.

DateOn Imagesareprintedwiththeshootingdate.Off –

FileNo.On Imagesareprintedwiththefilenumber.Off –

ClearDPOFdata

On Allimageprintlistsettingsareclearedafterprinting.

Off –

•NotallofyourDPOFsettingsmaybeappliedinprintingbytheprinterorphotodevelopmentservice,insomecases.

• [ ]maybedisplayedonthecameratowarnyouthatthememorycardhasprintsettingsthatwereconfiguredonanothercamera.Changingtheprintsettingsusingthiscameramayoverwriteallprevioussettings.

•Setting[Date]to[On]maycausesomeprinterstoprintthedatetwice.

Page 268: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

268

PrintingImages

• Specifying[Index]willpreventyoufromchoosing[On]forboth[Date]and[FileNo.]atthesametime.

• IndexprintingisnotavailableonsomeCanonPictBridge-compatibleprinters(soldseparately).

• Thedateisprintedinaformatmatchingsettingdetailsin[Date/Time]onthe[3]tab(=20).

StillImages

SettingUpPrintingforIndividualImages1 Choose[SelectImages&Qty.].zz Pressthe<n>button,choose[SelectImages&Qty.]onthe[2]tab,andthenpressthe<m>button.

2 Chooseanimage.zz Pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtochooseanimage,andthenpressthe<m>button.XXYoucannowspecifythenumberofcopies.zz Ifyouspecifyindexprintingfortheimage,itislabeledwitha[ ]icon.Tocancelindexprintingfortheimage,pressthe<m>buttonagain.[ ]isnolongerdisplayed.

Page 269: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

269

PrintingImages

3 Specifythenumberofprints.zz Pressthe<o><p>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtospecifythenumberofprints(upto99).zz Tosetupprintingforotherimagesandspecifythenumberofprints,repeatsteps2–3.zz Printingquantitycannotbespecifiedforindexprints.Youcanonlychoosewhichimagestoprint,byfollowingstep2.zz Whenfinished,pressthe<n>buttontoreturntothemenuscreen.

StillImages

SettingUpPrintingforaRangeofImages1 Choose[SelectRange].zz Followingstep1on=268,choose[SelectRange]andpressthe<m>button.

2 Chooseimages.zz Followsteps2–3on=194tospecifyimages.

3 Configuretheprintsettings.zz Pressthe<o><p>buttonstochoose[Order],andthenpressthe<m>button.

Page 270: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

270

PrintingImages

StillImages

SettingUpPrintingforAllImages1 Choose[SelectAllImages].zz Followingstep1on=268,choose[SelectAllImages]andpressthe<m>button.

2 Configuretheprintsettings.zz Pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtochoose[OK],andthenpressthe<m>button.

StillImages

ClearingAllImagesfromthePrintList1 Choose[ClearAllSelections].zz Followingstep1on=268,choose[ClearAllSelections]andpressthe<m>button.

2 Confirmclearingtheprintlist.zz Pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtochoose[OK],andthenpressthe<m>button.

StillImages

PrintingImagesAddedtothePrintList(DPOF)zz Whenimageshavebeenaddedtotheprintlist(=266–270),thescreenatleftisdisplayedafteryouconnectthecameratoaPictBridge-compatibleprinter.Pressthe<o><p>buttonstochoose[Printnow],andthensimplypressthe<m>buttontoprinttheimagesintheprintlist.zz AnyDPOFprintjobthatyoutemporarilystopwillberesumedfromthenextimage.

Page 271: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

271

PrintingImages

StillImages

Adding Images to a PhotobookPhotobookscanbesetuponthecamerabychoosingupto998imagesonamemorycardandimportingthemintotheincludedsoftwareonyourcomputer,wheretheyarestoredintheirownfolder.Thisisconvenientwhenorderingprintedphotobooksonlineorprintingphotobookswithyourownprinter.

ChoosingaSelectionMethodzz Pressthe<n>button,choose[PhotobookSet-up]onthe[1]tab,andthenchoosehowyouwillselectimages.

• [ ]maybedisplayedonthecameratowarnyouthatthememorycardhasprintsettingsthatwereconfiguredonanothercamera.Changingtheprintsettingsusingthiscameramayoverwriteallprevioussettings.

• Afterimportingimagestoyourcomputer,alsorefertotheSoftware Guide(=30)andtheprintermanualforfurtherinformation.

Page 272: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

272

PrintingImages

StillImages

AddingImagesIndividually1 Choose[Select].zz Followingthepreviousprocedure,choose[Select]andpressthe<m>button.

2 Chooseanimage.zz Pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtochooseanimage,andthenpressthe<m>button.XX [ ]isdisplayed.zz Toremovetheimagefromthephotobook,pressthe<m>buttonagain.[ ]isnolongerdisplayed.zz Repeatthisprocesstospecifyotherimages.zz Whenfinished,pressthe<n>buttontoreturntothemenuscreen.

StillImages

AddingAllImagestoaPhotobook1 Choose[SelectAllImages].zz Followingtheprocedureon=272,choose[SelectAllImages]andpressthe<m>button.

2 Configuretheprintsettings.zz Pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtochoose[OK],andthenpressthe<m>button.

Page 273: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

273

PrintingImages

StillImages

RemovingAllImagesfromaPhotobook1 Choose[ClearAllSelections].zz Followingtheprocedureon=272,choose[ClearAllSelections]andpressthe<m>button.

2 Confirmclearingthephotobook.zz Pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtochoose[OK],andthenpressthe<m>button.

Page 274: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

274

StillImages Movies

Using an Eye-Fi CardBeforeusinganEye-Ficard,alwaysconfirmthatlocaluseispermitted(=2).

InsertingapreparedEye-Ficardenablesautomaticwirelesstransferofimagestoacomputeroruploadingtoaphoto-sharingwebsite.ImagesaretransferredbytheEye-Ficard.Refertothecard’susermanualorcontactthemanufacturerforinstructionsonpreparingandusingcardsorresolvingtransferproblems.

•WhenusinganEye-Ficard,keepthefollowingpointsinmind.-Cardsmaycontinuetotransmitradiowavesevenwhen[Eye-Fitrans.]issetto[Disable](=276).RemovetheEye-Ficardbeforeenteringhospitals,aircraft,orotherareaswheretransmissionisprohibited.-Whentroubleshootingimagetransferissues,checkthecardandcomputersettings.Fordetails,refertothecard’susermanual.-PoorEye-Ficonnectionsmaycauseimagetransfertotakealongtime,andtransfermaybeinterruptedinsomecases.-Eye-Ficardsmaybecomehot,duetotheirtransferfunctions.-Batterypowerwillbeconsumedfasterthaninnormaluse.-Cameraoperationmaybecomesluggish.Toresolvethis,trysetting[Eye-Fitrans.]to[Disable].

Page 275: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

275

UsinganEye-FiCard

ConnectionstatusofEye-Ficardsinthecameracanbecheckedontheshootingscreen(inregularinformationdisplaymode)orplaybackscreen(insimpleinformationdisplaymode).

(Gray) Notconnected Interrupted

(Blinkingwhite) Connecting Notcommunicating

(White) Connected ErroracquiringEye-Ficardinformation*2

(Animated) Transferinprogress*1

*1Powersaving(=42)onthecameraistemporarilydisabledduringimagetransfer.

*2Restartthecamera.Repeateddisplayofthisiconmayindicateaproblemwiththecard.

Imageslabeledwitha[ ]iconhavebeentransferred.

• Choosing[ ]modewillinterrupttheEye-Ficonnection.AlthoughtheEye-FiconnectionwillberestoredafteryouchooseanothershootingmodeorenterPlaybackmode,thecameramaytransferanymoviesmadein[ ]modeagain.

Page 276: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

276

UsinganEye-FiCard

Checking Connection InformationChecktheaccesspointSSIDusedbytheEye-Ficardortheconnectionstatus,asneeded.

zz Pressthe<n>button,choose[Eye-FiSettings]onthe[3]tab,andthenpressthe<m>button.zz Choose[Connectioninfo],andthenpressthe<m>button.XX Theconnectioninformationscreenisdisplayed.

Disabling Eye-Fi TransferConfigurethesettingasfollowstodisableEye-Fitransferbythecard,ifnecessary.

Choose[Disable]in[Eye-Fitrans.].zz Pressthe<n>button,choose[Eye-FiSettings]onthe[3]tab,andthenpressthe<m>button.zz Choose[Eye-Fitrans.],andthenchoose[Disable].

• [Eye-FiSettings]isnotshownunlessanEye-Ficardisinthecamerawithitswrite-protecttabintheunlockedposition.Forthisreason,youcannotchangesettingsforaninsertedEye-Ficardifthewrite-protecttabisinthelockedposition.

Page 277: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

277

AppendixHelpfulinformationwhenusingthecamera

9

Page 278: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

278

TroubleshootingIfyouthinkthereisaproblemwiththecamera,firstcheckthefollowing.Iftheitemsbelowdonotsolveyourproblem,contactaCanonCustomerSupportHelpDesk.

PowerNothinghappenswhenthepowerbuttonispressed.• Confirmthatthebatteryischarged(=17).• Confirmthatthebatteryisinsertedfacingthecorrectway(=18).• Confirmthatthememorycard/batterycoverisfullyclosed(=19).• Dirtybatteryterminalsreducebatteryperformance.Trycleaningtheterminalswithacottonswabandreinsertingthebatteryafewtimes.

Thebatteryisdepletedquickly.• Batteryperformancedecreasesatlowtemperatures.Trywarmingthebatteryalittlebyputtingitinyourpocket,forexample,withtheterminalcoveron.

• Ifthesemeasuresdonothelpandthebatteryisstilldepletedsoonaftercharging,ithasreachedtheendofitslife.Purchaseanewbattery.

Thelensisnotretracted.• Donotopenthememorycard/batterycoverwhilethecameraison.Closethecover,turnthecameraon,andthenturnitoffagain(=19).

Thebatteryisswollen.• Batteryswellingisnormalanddoesnotposeanysafetyconcerns.However,ifbatteryswellingpreventsthebatteryfromfittinginthecamera,contactaCanonCustomerSupportHelpDesk.

Display on a TVCameraimageslookdistortedornotdisplayedonaTV(=243).

ShootingCannotshoot.• InPlaybackmode(=23),presstheshutterbuttonhalfway(=43).

Nothingisdisplayed(=46,57).Strangedisplayonthescreenunderlowlight(=46).Strangedisplayonthescreenwhenshooting.Notethatthefollowingdisplayproblemsarenotrecordedinstillimagesbutarerecordedinmovies.• ThescreenmayflickerandhorizontalbandingmayappearunderfluorescentorLEDlighting.

Page 279: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

279

Troubleshooting

Nodatestampisaddedtoimages.• Configurethe[DateStamp]setting(=67).Notethatdatestampsarenotaddedtoimagesautomatically,merelybecauseyouhaveconfiguredthe[Date/Time]setting(=20).

• Datestampsarenotaddedinshootingmodes(=298–299)inwhichthissettingcannotbeconfigured(=67).

[h]flashesonthescreenwhentheshutterbuttonispressed,andshootingisnotpossible(=57).[ ]isdisplayedwhentheshutterbuttonispressedhalfway(=57).• Set[ISMode]to[Continuous](=160).• Raisetheflashandsettheflashmodeto[h](=154).• IncreasetheISOspeed(=129).•Mountthecameraonatripodortakeothermeasurestokeepitstill.Inthiscase,youshouldset[ISMode]to[Off](=160).

Shotsareoutoffocus.• Presstheshutterbuttonhalfwaytofocusonsubjectsbeforepressingitallthewaydowntoshoot(=43).

•Makesuresubjectsarewithinfocusingrange(=306).• Set[AF-assistBeam]to[On](=89).• Confirmthatunneededfunctionssuchasmacroaredeactivated.• TryshootingwithfocuslockorAFlock(=146,152).

NoAFframesaredisplayedandthecameradoesnotfocuswhentheshutterbuttonispressedhalfway.• TohaveAFframesdisplayedandthecamerafocuscorrectly,trycomposingtheshotwithhigher-contrastsubjectareascenteredbeforeyoupresstheshutterbuttonhalfway.Otherwise,trypressingtheshutterbuttonhalfwayrepeatedly.

Subjectsinshotslooktoodark.• Raisetheflashandsettheflashmodeto[h](=154).• Adjustbrightnessbyusingexposurecompensation(=125).• Adjustcontrastbyusingi-Contrast(=132,210).• UseAElockorspotmetering(=126,127).

Subjectslooktoobright,highlightsarewashed-out.• Lowertheflashandsettheflashmodeto[!](=25,55).• Adjustbrightnessbyusingexposurecompensation(=125).• UseAElockorspotmetering(=126,127).• Reducethelightingonsubjects.

Page 280: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

280

Troubleshooting

Shotslooktoodarkdespitetheflashfiring(=57).• Shootwithinflashrange(=306).• Adjustbrightnessbyusingflashexposurecompensationorchangingtheflashoutputlevel(=156,165).

• IncreasetheISOspeed(=129).

Subjectsinflashshotslooktoobright,highlightsarewashed-out.• Shootwithinflashrange(=306).• Lowertheflashandsettheflashmodeto[!](=25,55).• Adjustbrightnessbyusingflashexposurecompensationorchangingtheflashoutputlevel(=156,165).

Whitedotsorsimilarimageartifactsappearinflashshots.• Thisiscausedbylightfromtheflashreflectingoffdustorairborneparticles.

Shotslookgrainy.• LowertheISOspeed(=129).• HighISOspeedsinsomeshootingmodesmaycausegrainyimages(=96).

Subjectsareaffectedbyred-eye(=82).• Set[Red-EyeLamp]to[On](=89)toactivatethered-eyereductionlamp

(=4)inflashshots.Forbestresults,havesubjectslookatthered-eyereductionlamp.Alsotryincreasingthelightinginindoorscenesandshootingatcloserrange.

• Editimagesusingred-eyecorrection(=211).

Recordingtothememorycardtakestoolong,orcontinuousshootingisslower.• Usethecameratoperformlow-levelformattingofthememorycard(=224).

ShootingsettingsorFUNC.menusettingsarenotavailable.• Availablesettingitemsvarybyshootingmode.Referto“FunctionsAvailableinEachShootingMode”,“FUNC.Menu”,and“ShootingMenu”(=290–299).

TheBabiesorChildrenicondoesnotdisplay.• TheBabiesandChildreniconswillnotdisplayifthebirthdayisnotsetinfaceinformation(=69).Iftheiconsstilldonotdisplayevenwhenyousetthebirthday,re-registerfaceinformation(=76),ormakesurethatthedate/timearesetcorrectly(=20).

Page 281: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

281

Troubleshooting

Shooting MoviesTheelapsedtimeshownisincorrect,orrecordingisinterrupted.• Usethecameratoformatthememorycard,orswitchtoacardthatsupportshigh-speedrecording.Notethateveniftheelapsedtimedisplayisincorrect,thelengthofmoviesonthememorycardcorrespondstotheactualrecordingtime(=223,305).

[ ]isdisplayedandshootingstopsautomatically.Thecamera’sinternalmemorybufferfilledupasthecameracouldnotrecordtothememorycardquicklyenough.Tryoneofthefollowingmeasures.• Usethecameratoperformlow-levelformattingofthememorycard(=224).• Lowertheimagequality(=84).• Switchtoamemorycardthatsupportshigh-speedrecording(=305).

Zoomingisnotpossible.• Zoomingisnotpossiblewhenshootingmoviesin[ ](=104)and[ ](=121)modes.

Subjectslookdistorted.• Subjectsthatpassinfrontofthecameraquicklymaylookdistorted.Thisisnotamalfunction.

PlaybackPlaybackisnotpossible.• Imageormovieplaybackmaynotbepossibleifacomputerisusedtorenamefilesoralterthefolderstructure.RefertotheSoftware Guide(=30)fordetailsonfolderstructureandfilenames.

Playbackstops,oraudioskips.• Switchtoamemorycardthatyouhaveperformedlow-levelformattingonwiththecamera(=224).

• Theremaybebriefinterruptionswhenplayingmoviescopiedtomemorycardsthathaveslowreadspeeds.

•Whenmoviesareplayedonacomputer,framesmaybedroppedandaudiomayskipifcomputerperformanceisinadequate.

Soundisnotplayedduringmovies.• Adjustthevolume(=28,218)ifyouhaveactivated[Mute](=218)orthesoundinthemovieisfaint.

• Nosoundisplayedformoviesshotin[ ](=104)or[ ](=121)modebecauseaudioisnotrecordedinthesemodes.

Page 282: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

282

Troubleshooting

ComputerCannottransferimagestoacomputer.Whenattemptingtotransferimagestothecomputerviaacable,tryreducingthetransferspeedasfollows.• Pressthe<1>buttontoenterPlaybackmode.Holdthe<n>buttondownasyoupressthe<o>and<m>buttonsatthesametime.Onthenextscreen,pressthe<q><r>buttonstochoose[B],andthenpressthe<m>button.

Eye-Fi CardsCannottransferimages(=274).

Page 283: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

283

On-Screen MessagesIfanerrormessageisdisplayed,respondasfollows.Nomemorycard• Thememorycardmaybeinsertedfacingthewrongway.Reinsertthememorycardfacingthecorrectway(=19).

Memorycardlocked• Thewrite-protecttabofthememorycardissettothelockedposition.Switchthewrite-protecttabtotheunlockedposition(=18).

Cannotrecord!• Shootingwasattemptedwithoutamemorycardinthecamera.Toshoot,insertamemorycardfacingthecorrectway(=19).

Memorycarderror(=224)• Ifthesameerrormessageisdisplayedevenwhenyouhaveinsertedaformattedmemorycardfacingthecorrectway,contactaCanonCustomerSupportHelpDesk(=19).

Insufficientspaceoncard• Thereisnotenoughfreespaceonthememorycardtoshoot(=53,93,123,161)oreditimages(=206–211).Eithereraseunneededimages(=196,197)orinsertamemorycardwithenoughfreespace(=18).

Chargethebattery(=17)NoImage.• Thememorycarddoesnotcontainanyimagesthatcanbedisplayed.

Protected!(=192)UnidentifiedImage/IncompatibleJPEG/Imagetoolarge./CannotplaybackAVI/RAW• Unsupportedorcorruptimagescannotbedisplayed.• Itmaynotbepossibletodisplayimagesthatwereeditedorrenamedonacomputer,orimagesshotwithanothercamera.

Cannotmagnify!/CannotplaybackthiscontentinSmartShuffle/Cannotrotate/Cannotmodifyimage/Cannotregisterthisimage!/Cannotmodify/Cannotassigntocategory/Unselectableimage./Noidentificationinformation• Thefollowingfunctionsmaybeunavailableforimagesthatwererenamedoralreadyeditedonacomputer,orimagesshotwithanothercamera.Notethatstarred(*)functionsarenotavailableformovies.Magnify*(=189),SmartShuffle*(=191),Categorize(=203),Rotate(=200),Edit*(=206–211),AssignasStart-upImage*(=222),PrintList*(=266),PhotobookSet-up*(=271),andEditIDInfo*(=187–188).

• Groupedimagescannotbeprocessed(=117).

Page 284: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

284

On-ScreenMessages

Invalidselectionrange•Whenspecifyingarangeforimageselection(=194,198,205,269),youattemptedtochooseaninitialimagethatwasafterthefinalimage,orvice-versa.

Exceededselectionlimit•Morethan998imageswereselectedforPrintList(=266)orPhotobookSet-up

(=271).Choose998imagesorless.• PrintList(=266)orPhotobookSet-up(=271)settingscouldnotbesavedcorrectly.Reducethenumberofselectedimagesandtryagain.

• Youattemptedtochoosemorethan500imagesinProtect(=192),Erase(=196),Favorites(=202),MyCategory(=203),PrintList(=266),orPhotobookSet-up(=271).

Communicationerror• Anexcessiveamountofimages(approx.1,000)onthememorycardpreventedprintingorimagetransfertoacomputer.Totransfertheimages,useacommerciallyavailableUSBcardreader.Toprint,insertthememorycarddirectlyintotheprintercardslot.

Namingerror!• Thefoldercouldnotbecreatedorimagescouldnotberecorded,becausethehighestsupportedfoldernumber(999)forstoringimagesonthecardhasbeenreachedandthehighestsupportedimagenumber(9999)forimagesinfoldershasbeenreached.Inthe[3]menu,change[FileNumbering]to[AutoReset](=225),orformatthememorycard(=223).

LensError• Thiserrormayoccurifthelensisheldwhileitismoving,orwhenthecameraisusedindustyorsandylocations.

• Frequentdisplayofthiserrormessagemayindicatecameradamage.Inthiscase,contactaCanonCustomerSupportHelpDesk.

Acameraerrorwasdetected(error number)• Ifthiserrormessageisdisplayedimmediatelyafterashot,theimagemaynothavebeensaved.SwitchtoPlaybackmodetocheckfortheimage.

• Frequentdisplayofthiserrormessagemayindicatecameradamage.Inthiscase,writedowntheerrornumber(Exx)andcontactaCanonCustomerSupportHelpDesk.

FileError• Correctprinting(=259)maynotbepossibleforphotosfromothercamerasorimagesthathavebeenalteredusingcomputersoftware,evenifthecameraisconnectedtotheprinter.

Page 285: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

285

On-ScreenMessages

Printerror• Checkthepapersizesetting(=263).Ifthiserrormessageisdisplayedwhenthesettingiscorrect,restarttheprinterandcompletethesettingonthecameraagain.

Inkabsorberfull• ContactaCanonCustomerSupportHelpDesktorequestassistancewithinkabsorberreplacement.

Page 286: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

286

On-Screen InformationShooting (Information Display)

Histogram(=176) Batterylevel(=287) Cameraorientation* Whitebalancecorrection(=135) MyColors(=137) Eye-Ficonnectionstatus(=274) Self-timer(=64) Camerashakewarning

(=57) Meteringmethod

(=127) Stillimagecompression

(=160),Resolution(=81) Recordableshots

(=305) Moviequality(=84) Remainingtime

(=305)

Digitalzoommagnification(=63),Digitaltele-converter(=144) AFframe(=145),SpotAEpointframe(=127) Focusingrange

(=142),AFlock(=152),ISmodeicon(=61) Shootingmode

(=290),Sceneicon(=59) Flashmode(=154),LEDlight(=251) Red-eyecorrection

(=82) Flashexposurecompensation/Flashoutputlevel(=156,165)

Exposurelevel(=164) ISOspeed(=129) i-Contrast(=132) NDfilter(=133) Gridlines(=166) AElock(=126),FElock(=157) Shutterspeed(=162,

164) Electroniclevel

(=86) Aperturevalue

(=163,164) Exposurecompensationlevel(=125) Datestamp(=67) Whitebalance

(=134)

Page 287: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

287

On-ScreenInformation

Mercurylampcorrection(=83) AEBshooting(=131)/Focusbracketing(=153) Drivemode(=139)

Zoombar(=54) Blinkdetection

(=88) Imagestabilization

(=160) Timezone(=220)

Windfilter(=85) MFindicator(=143) Exposureshiftbar

(=119) Exposurecompensationbar(=125)

* :Regularorientation, :HeldverticallyThecameradetectstheshootingorientationandadjustssettingsforoptimalshots.Orientationisalsodetectedduringplayback,andineitherorientation,thecameraautomaticallyrotatesimagesasneeded.However,theorientationmaynotbedetectedcorrectlywhenthecameraispointedstraightupordown.

BatteryLevelAnon-screeniconormessageindicatesthebatterychargelevel.

Display Details

Sufficientcharge

Slightlydepleted,butsufficient

(Blinkingred) Nearlydepleted–chargethebatterysoon

[Chargethebattery] Depleted–chargethebatteryimmediately

Page 288: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

288

On-ScreenInformation

Playback (Detailed Information Display)

Switchdisplay(histogram)(=176) MyCategory(=203) Exposurecompensationlevel(=125),Exposureshiftlevel(=119) NDfilter(=133) Whitebalance

(=134),Whitebalancecorrection(=135) Histogram(=176) Imageediting(=206–211) Compression(imagequality)(=160)/Resolution(=81),RAW(=159),MOV(movies) Printlist(=266) ISOspeed(=129),Playbackspeed(=105,121)

Shootingmode(=290) TransferredviaEye-Fi

(=274) Batterylevel(=287) Meteringmethod

(=127) Foldernumber-Filenumber(=225) Currentimageno./Totalno.ofimages Shutterspeed(stillimages)(=162),Imagequality/Framerate(movies)(=84) Aperturevalue

(=163,164),Imagequality(movies)(=84) Flash(=154,

155),Flashexposurecompensation(=156)

Focusingrange(=142) Filesize Stillimages:Resolution

(=305)Movies:Movielength(=305) Protection(=192) Favorites(=202) MyColors(=137,209) Shootingdate/time

(=20) Red-eyecorrection

(=82,211) i-Contrast(=132,

210) Movies(=54,174) Groupplayback

(=185) MovieDigestPlayback

(=185)

Page 289: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

289

On-ScreenInformation

• SomeinformationmaynotbedisplayedwhenviewingimagesonaTV(=239).

SummaryofMovieControlPanelin“Viewing”(=174)Exit

Play

SlowMotion(Toadjusttheplaybackspeed,pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe<7>dial.Nosoundisplayed.)SkipBackward*(=28,175)orPreviousClip(=215)(Tocontinueskippingbackward,keepholdingdownthe<m>button.)

PreviousFrame(Forfast-rewind,keepholdingdownthe<m>button.)

NextFrame(Forfast-forward,keepholdingdownthe<m>button.)

SkipForward*(=28,175)orNextClip(=215)(Tocontinueskippingforward,keepholdingdownthe<m>button.)

* Edit(=213)

Shownwhenyouhaveselectedamoviecreatedin[ ]mode(=215).

c ShownwhenthecameraisconnectedtoaPictBridge-compatibleprinter(=259).

*Displaystheframeapprox.4sec.beforeorafterthecurrentframe.

• Toskipforwardorbackduringmovieplayback,pressthe<q><r>buttons.

Page 290: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

290

ShootingMode

FunctionD BM G A

K K E

I S P t xvTY E

ExposureCompensation(=125) *1 *1 – O O O – O O O O O O O O O O O O – O O O O O O O – – – – –

ISOSpeed(=129)

*1 *1 – O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O

*1 *1 O O O O – O – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –

WhiteBalanceCorrection(=134) *1 *1 O O O O – – – – – – – – – *2 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –

Flash(=154)*3

*1 *1 – – – O O O O O O O O – O O O – – – O O O O O O O O O – – –h *1 *1 O O O O – O O O O O O – O O O – O – O O O O O O O O O – – –

Z *1 *1 – O – O *4 O – – – – – – *4 – – – O – – – – – – – – – – – – –

! *1 *1 O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O

MeteringMethod(=127)

*1 *1 O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O

*1 *1 O O O O – O – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –

ShutterSpeed(=162,164) *1 *1 O – O – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –

ApertureValue(=163,164) *1 *1 O O – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –

ProgramShift(=126) O O – O O O – O – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –

AELock/FELock(=126,157) O O – O O O – O – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –

AELock(Movie)/ExposureShift(=119) – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – O O –AFLock(whenassignedtothe< >button)(=152) O O O O O O – O O O – – – O O O O – O O O O O O O O O O O O O O

FocusingRange(=97,142,152)

*1 *1 O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O Oe *1 *1 O O O O – O O O – – – O O – O – O O O O O O O O O O O O O O

/8 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – O – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –/AFLock *1 *1 O O O O – O O O – – – O O O O – – O O O O O O O O O O O O O

MoveAFFrame(=147) *1 *1 O O O O – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –

ResizeAFFrame(=147) *1 *1 O O O O – O O – – – – O – O O – – – O – – O O O O O O O O OFaceSelect(=151) O O O O O O O O O O O O O O – – O – – O O – – O O O O O O O O OTrackingAF(=68) O O O O O O O – O – – – – O – O O – – – O – – – – O O O O – – –

ScreenDisplay(=46)

Off *1 *1 O O O O O – O – – – – O – – O O – – – – – – – – – – – – – –Display1 *1 *1 O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O ODisplay2 *1 *1 O O O O O O O O – O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O

Functions and Menu TablesFunctions Available in Each Shooting Mode

*1Optionsvarydependingontheassignedshootingmode.*2Advancedsettingsnotavailable.*3Setto[!]whentheflashisdown,butotherwiseselectionispossiblewhentheflash

isup.*4Notavailable,butswitchesto[Z]insomecases.

Page 291: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

291

FunctionsandMenuTables

OAvailableorsetautomatically.–Notavailable.

ShootingMode

FunctionD BM G A

K K E

I S P t xvTY E

ExposureCompensation(=125) *1 *1 – O O O – O O O O O O O O O O O O – O O O O O O O – – – – –

ISOSpeed(=129)

*1 *1 – O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O

*1 *1 O O O O – O – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –

WhiteBalanceCorrection(=134) *1 *1 O O O O – – – – – – – – – *2 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –

Flash(=154)*3

*1 *1 – – – O O O O O O O O – O O O – – – O O O O O O O O O – – –h *1 *1 O O O O – O O O O O O – O O O – O – O O O O O O O O O – – –

Z *1 *1 – O – O *4 O – – – – – – *4 – – – O – – – – – – – – – – – – –

! *1 *1 O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O

MeteringMethod(=127)

*1 *1 O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O

*1 *1 O O O O – O – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –

ShutterSpeed(=162,164) *1 *1 O – O – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –

ApertureValue(=163,164) *1 *1 O O – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –

ProgramShift(=126) O O – O O O – O – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –

AELock/FELock(=126,157) O O – O O O – O – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –

AELock(Movie)/ExposureShift(=119) – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – O O –AFLock(whenassignedtothe< >button)(=152) O O O O O O – O O O – – – O O O O – O O O O O O O O O O O O O O

FocusingRange(=97,142,152)

*1 *1 O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O Oe *1 *1 O O O O – O O O – – – O O – O – O O O O O O O O O O O O O O

/8 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – O – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –/AFLock *1 *1 O O O O – O O O – – – O O O O – – O O O O O O O O O O O O O

MoveAFFrame(=147) *1 *1 O O O O – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –

ResizeAFFrame(=147) *1 *1 O O O O – O O – – – – O – O O – – – O – – O O O O O O O O OFaceSelect(=151) O O O O O O O O O O O O O O – – O – – O O – – O O O O O O O O OTrackingAF(=68) O O O O O O O – O – – – – O – O O – – – O – – – – O O O O – – –

ScreenDisplay(=46)

Off *1 *1 O O O O O – O – – – – O – – O O – – – – – – – – – – – – – –Display1 *1 *1 O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O ODisplay2 *1 *1 O O O O O O O O – O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O

Page 292: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

292

FunctionsandMenuTables

FUNC. MenuShootingMode

FunctionD BM G A

K K E

I S P t xvTY E

DRCorrection(=132)

*1 *1 O O O O – O O O O O O O O – O O O O O O O O O O O O O – – –

*1 *1 – O O O O – – – – – – – – O – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –

*1 *1 O O O O – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –

ShadowCorrect(=133)

*1 *1 O O O O – O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O – – –

*1 *1 O O O O O O – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –

WhiteBalance(=134)

*1 *1 O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O

*1 *1 O O O O – O – – O O O – – – – – O – – – – – – – – – – O O –

h *1 *1 O O O O – O – – O O O – – – – – O – – – – – – – – – – – – –

S *1 *1 O O O O – O – – O O O – – – – – O – – – – – – – – – – O O –*2 *2

*1 *1 O O O O – O – – O O O – – O – – O – – – – – – – – – – O O –

MyColors(=137)*1 *1 O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O

*3 *3

*4 *1 *1 O O O O – O – – O O O – – – – – O – – – – – – – – – – O O –

Bracketing(=153)

*1 *1 O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O

*1 *1 – O O O – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –

*1 *1 O O O O – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –

DriveMode(=139)

*1 *1 O O O O O O O O O O O – O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O– – – – – – O – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –

W *1 *1 O O O O – – O O – – – O – O O O – – O O O O O O O O O – – –*5

*1 *1 O O O O – – – – – – – O – O O O – – O O O O O O O O O – – –

Self-Timer(=64) *1 *1 O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O][$ *1 *1 O O O O O O O O – – – – O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O

Self-TimerSettings(=66)

Delay*6 *1 *1 O O O O O O O O – – – – O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O OShots*7 *1 *1 O O O O O – O O – – – – O O O O – O O O O O O O O O O – – –

*1Optionsvarydependingontheassignedshootingmode.*2Notavailablein[x]or[v].*3Whitebalanceisnotavailable.*4Setinarangeof1–5:contrast,sharpness,colorsaturation,red,green,blue,and

skintone.*5[ ]issetwith[f],AFlock,or[t].*6Cannotbesetto0secondsinmodeswithoutselectionofthenumberofshots.*7Oneshot(cannotbemodified)inmodeswithoutselectionofthenumberofshots.

Page 293: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

293

FunctionsandMenuTables

OAvailableorsetautomatically.–Notavailable.

ShootingMode

FunctionD BM G A

K K E

I S P t xvTY E

DRCorrection(=132)

*1 *1 O O O O – O O O O O O O O – O O O O O O O O O O O O O – – –

*1 *1 – O O O O – – – – – – – – O – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –

*1 *1 O O O O – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –

ShadowCorrect(=133)

*1 *1 O O O O – O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O – – –

*1 *1 O O O O O O – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –

WhiteBalance(=134)

*1 *1 O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O

*1 *1 O O O O – O – – O O O – – – – – O – – – – – – – – – – O O –

h *1 *1 O O O O – O – – O O O – – – – – O – – – – – – – – – – – – –

S *1 *1 O O O O – O – – O O O – – – – – O – – – – – – – – – – O O –*2 *2

*1 *1 O O O O – O – – O O O – – O – – O – – – – – – – – – – O O –

MyColors(=137)*1 *1 O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O

*3 *3

*4 *1 *1 O O O O – O – – O O O – – – – – O – – – – – – – – – – O O –

Bracketing(=153)

*1 *1 O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O

*1 *1 – O O O – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –

*1 *1 O O O O – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –

DriveMode(=139)

*1 *1 O O O O O O O O O O O – O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O– – – – – – O – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –

W *1 *1 O O O O – – O O – – – O – O O O – – O O O O O O O O O – – –*5

*1 *1 O O O O – – – – – – – O – O O O – – O O O O O O O O O – – –

Self-Timer(=64) *1 *1 O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O][$ *1 *1 O O O O O O O O – – – – O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O

Self-TimerSettings(=66)

Delay*6 *1 *1 O O O O O O O O – – – – O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O OShots*7 *1 *1 O O O O O – O O – – – – O O O O – O O O O O O O O O O – – –

Page 294: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

294

FunctionsandMenuTables

ShootingMode

FunctionD BM G A

K K E

I S P t xvTY E

FlashExposureCompensation(=156) *1 *1 – O O O – O – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –

FlashOutputLevel(=165) *1 *1 O O O – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –

NDFilter(=133) *1 *1 O O O O – O – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – O O O

*1 *1 O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O OStillImageAspectRatio(=80) *1 *1 O O O O O – O – O O O – – O O O – O – – *2 – – O O O O – – –

ImageType(=159) *1 *1 O O O O – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –

Resolution(=81)

*1 *1 O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O

*1 *1 O O O O O O O – O O O – – O O O O – – – – – – – – – – O O O

*1 *1 O O O O O O O – O O O – – O O O O – – – – – – – – – – O O O

Compression(=160)

*1 *1 O O O O – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –

*1 *1 O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O

MovieQuality(=84)

*1 *1 O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O – O O O O O O O – –

*1 *1 O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O *3 O O O O O O O O –

*1 *1 O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O *3 O O O O O O O – –

– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – O

*1Optionsvarydependingontheassignedshootingmode.*2Only[ ]and[ ]areavailable.*3Synchronizeswiththeaspectratiosettingandisautomaticallyset(=80).

Page 295: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

295

FunctionsandMenuTables

OAvailableorsetautomatically.–Notavailable.

ShootingMode

FunctionD BM G A

K K E

I S P t xvTY E

FlashExposureCompensation(=156) *1 *1 – O O O – O – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –

FlashOutputLevel(=165) *1 *1 O O O – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –

NDFilter(=133) *1 *1 O O O O – O – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – O O O

*1 *1 O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O OStillImageAspectRatio(=80) *1 *1 O O O O O – O – O O O – – O O O – O – – *2 – – O O O O – – –

ImageType(=159) *1 *1 O O O O – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –

Resolution(=81)

*1 *1 O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O

*1 *1 O O O O O O O – O O O – – O O O O – – – – – – – – – – O O O

*1 *1 O O O O O O O – O O O – – O O O O – – – – – – – – – – O O O

Compression(=160)

*1 *1 O O O O – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –

*1 *1 O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O

MovieQuality(=84)

*1 *1 O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O – O O O O O O O – –

*1 *1 O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O *3 O O O O O O O O –

*1 *1 O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O *3 O O O O O O O – –

– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – O

Page 296: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

296

FunctionsandMenuTables

4 Shooting MenuShootingMode

FunctionD BM G A

K K E

I S P t xvTY E

AFFrame(=145)FaceAiAF*1 *2 *2 O O O O O O O O O O O O O – O – – O O – – O O O O O O O O OTrackingAF *2 *2 O O O O *3 – O – – – – O – O O – – – O – – – – O O O O – – –FlexiZone/Center*4 *2 *2 O O O O – O O – – – – O – O O O O – O O – O O O O O O O O O

DigitalZoom(=63)

Standard *2 *2 O O O O O – O – O O O – – O O O – – – – – – – – – – – O O –Off *2 *2 O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O ODigitalTele-converter(1.5x/2.0x) *2 *2 O O O O – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –

AF-PointZoom(=87)

On *2 *2 O O O O O – O – O O O O – O O – – O O – – – – O O O O – – –Off *2 *2 O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O

ServoAF(=150)On *2 *2 O O O O – – O – – – – – – O O – – – O – – – – O O O O – – –Off*5 *2 *2 O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O

ContinuousAF(=151)

On *2 *2 O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O – O O O O O O O O O O O O O OOff *2 *2 O O O O – – O O – – – – O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O – – –

AF-assistBeam(=89)

On *2 *2 O O O O O O O O O O O O O – O – O O O O O O O O O O O O O OOff *2 *2 O O O O O O O O – O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O

MF-PointZoom(=142)

On *2 *2 O O O O – – O – – – – O – O O – – O O – – – – O O O O – – –Off *2 *2 O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O

SafetyMF(=143)On *2 *2 O O O O – O O – – – – O O O O – – O O O O O O O O O O O O OOff *2 *2 O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O

FlashControl(=82,89,156,158,165)

FlashModeAuto *2 *2 – O O O O O O O O O O – O O O – O – O O O O O O O O O – – –Manual *2 *2 O O O – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –

FlashExp.Comp *2 *2 – O O O – O – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –FlashOutput *2 *2 O O O – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –

ShutterSync.1st-curtain *2 *2 O O O O O O O O O O O – O O O – O – O O O O O O O O O – – –2nd-curtain *2 *2 O O O O – O – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –

Red-EyeCorr.On *2 *2 O O O O O O O – O O O – O – O – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –Off *2 *2 O O O O O O O O O O O – O O O – O – O O O O O O O O O – – –

Red-EyeLamp On/Off *2 *2 O O O O O O O O O O O – O – O – O – O O O O O O O O O – – –

SafetyFEOn *2 *2 – O O O O O O O O O O – O O O – O – O O O O O O O O O – – –Off *2 *2 O O O O – O – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –

*1Operationwhennofacesaredetectedvariesbyshootingmode.*2Optionsvarydependingontheassignedshootingmode.*3Onlyavailablebypressingthe<o>button(=68).*4[FlexiZone]in<G>,<M>,<B>,and<D>modes,otherwise[Center].*5[On]whensubjectmovementisdetectedin<A>mode.

Page 297: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

297

FunctionsandMenuTables

OAvailableorsetautomatically.–Notavailable.

ShootingMode

FunctionD BM G A

K K E

I S P t xvTY E

AFFrame(=145)FaceAiAF*1 *2 *2 O O O O O O O O O O O O O – O – – O O – – O O O O O O O O OTrackingAF *2 *2 O O O O *3 – O – – – – O – O O – – – O – – – – O O O O – – –FlexiZone/Center*4 *2 *2 O O O O – O O – – – – O – O O O O – O O – O O O O O O O O O

DigitalZoom(=63)

Standard *2 *2 O O O O O – O – O O O – – O O O – – – – – – – – – – – O O –Off *2 *2 O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O ODigitalTele-converter(1.5x/2.0x) *2 *2 O O O O – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –

AF-PointZoom(=87)

On *2 *2 O O O O O – O – O O O O – O O – – O O – – – – O O O O – – –Off *2 *2 O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O

ServoAF(=150)On *2 *2 O O O O – – O – – – – – – O O – – – O – – – – O O O O – – –Off*5 *2 *2 O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O

ContinuousAF(=151)

On *2 *2 O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O – O O O O O O O O O O O O O OOff *2 *2 O O O O – – O O – – – – O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O – – –

AF-assistBeam(=89)

On *2 *2 O O O O O O O O O O O O O – O – O O O O O O O O O O O O O OOff *2 *2 O O O O O O O O – O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O

MF-PointZoom(=142)

On *2 *2 O O O O – – O – – – – O – O O – – O O – – – – O O O O – – –Off *2 *2 O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O

SafetyMF(=143)On *2 *2 O O O O – O O – – – – O O O O – – O O O O O O O O O O O O OOff *2 *2 O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O

FlashControl(=82,89,156,158,165)

FlashModeAuto *2 *2 – O O O O O O O O O O – O O O – O – O O O O O O O O O – – –Manual *2 *2 O O O – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –

FlashExp.Comp *2 *2 – O O O – O – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –FlashOutput *2 *2 O O O – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –

ShutterSync.1st-curtain *2 *2 O O O O O O O O O O O – O O O – O – O O O O O O O O O – – –2nd-curtain *2 *2 O O O O – O – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –

Red-EyeCorr.On *2 *2 O O O O O O O – O O O – O – O – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –Off *2 *2 O O O O O O O O O O O – O O O – O – O O O O O O O O O – – –

Red-EyeLamp On/Off *2 *2 O O O O O O O O O O O – O – O – O – O O O O O O O O O – – –

SafetyFEOn *2 *2 – O O O O O O O O O O – O O O – O – O O O O O O O O O – – –Off *2 *2 O O O O – O – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –

Page 298: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

298

FunctionsandMenuTables

ShootingMode

Function

D BM G A

K

I

ISOAutoSettings(=130)

MaxISOSpeed *1 *1 – O O O – O – –RateofChange *1 *1 – O – O – O – –

HighISONR(=130) Low/Standard/High *1 *1 O O O O – – – –

HgLampCorr.(=83) On/Off – – – – – – O – – –

SpotAEPoint(=127)

AFPoint *1 *1 O O O O – O – –Center *1 *1 O O O O – – – –

SafetyShift(=163)

On *1 *1 – O O – – – – –Off *1 *1 O O O O O O O O

WindFilter(=85) On/Off *1 *1 O O O O O O O O

Review(=90) Off/Quick/2–10sec./Hold *1 *1 O O O O O O O O

ReviewInfo(=91)

Off *1 *1 O O O O O O O ODetailed/FocusCheck *1 *1 O O O O O O O O

BlinkDetection(=88)

On *1 *1 O O O O O O O OOff *1 *1 O O O O O O O O

CustomDisplay(=166)

ShootingInfo/GridLines/ElectronicLevel/Histogram *1 *1 O O O O O O O O

ISMode(=160)Off *1 *1 O O O O O O O OContinuous *1 *1 O O O O O O O OShootOnly *1 *1 O O O O – – O O

Converter(=245) None/TC-DC58E *1 *1 O O O O O O O O

DateStamp(=67)

Off *1 *1 O O O O O O O ODate/Date&Time *1 *1 O O O O O O O –

FaceIDSettings(=69) *1 *1 O O O O O O O OSetz7Func.(=168) *1 *1 O O O O – – – –SetShortcutbutton(=169) *1 *1 O O O O O O O OSaveSettings(=170) O O O O O O – – – –

*1Optionsvarydependingontheassignedshootingmode.–Whenusing[FaceID](=69)toshoot,nameswillnotbedisplayedin[ ],[ ],or[ ],buttheywillberecordedinstillimages.–Settingavailable,butwhenusing[FaceID](=69)toshoot,nameswillnotbedisplayedin[E],[ ],or[ ],andtheywillnotberecordedinmovies.

Page 299: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

299

FunctionsandMenuTables

K E

S P t xvTY E

– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –

– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –

– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –

– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O

O O O O O O O O O O O O – O O O O O O O O –

O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O – – –O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O – – –O O O O O O O O – O O O O O O O O O O – – –O O O – – – O – – – O – – – – – O O O – – –O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O

O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O

O O O O – O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O OO O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O OO O O O – O O O O O O O O O O O O O O – – –O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O OO O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O OO O O – – O O O – – – – – – – – – – – – – –O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –

OAvailableorsetautomatically.–Notavailable.

Page 300: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

300

FunctionsandMenuTables

3 Set up MenuItem Ref.Page Item Ref.Page

Mute =218 LensRetract =226

Volume =218 PowerSaving =42,226

SoundOptions =219 Units =227

Hints&Tips =219 ElectronicLevel =86

Date/Time =20 VideoSystem =243

TimeZone =220 CtrlviaHDMI =241

LCDBrightness =221 Eye-FiSettings =274

Start-upImage =222 CopyrightInfo =229

Format =223,224 CertificationLogoDisplay =230

FileNumbering =225 Language =23

CreateFolder =225 ResetAll =231

My Menu MenuItem Ref.Page

MyMenusettings =171

Page 301: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

301

FunctionsandMenuTables

1 Playback MenuItem Ref.Page Item Ref.Page

MovieDigestPlayback =185 Red-EyeCorrection =211

SmartShuffle =191 Cropping =207

Slideshow =190 Resize =206

Erase =196 MyColors =209

Protect =192 FaceIDInfo =187

Rotate =200 ScrollDisplay =175

Favorites =202 GroupImages =185

MyCategory =203 AutoRotate =201

PhotobookSet-up =271 Resume =175

i-Contrast =210 Transition =175

2 Print MenuItem Ref.Page Item Ref.Page

Print – SelectAllImages =270

SelectImages&Qty. =268 ClearAllSelections =270

SelectRange =269 PrintSettings =267

Page 302: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

302

Handling Precautions• Thecameraisahigh-precisionelectronicdevice.Avoiddroppingitorsubjectingittostrongimpact.

• Neverbringthecameranearmagnets,motors,orotherdevicesthatgeneratestrongelectromagneticfields,whichmaycausemalfunctionoreraseimagedata.

• Ifwaterdropletsordirtadherestothecameraorscreen,wipewithadrysoftcloth,suchasaneyeglasscloth.Donotrubhardorapplyforce.

• Neverusecleanerscontainingorganicsolventstocleanthecameraorscreen.

• Useablowerbrushtoremovedustfromthelens.Ifcleaningisdifficult,contactaCanonCustomerSupportHelpDesk.

• Topreventcondensationfromformingonthecameraaftersuddentemperaturechanges(whenthecameraistransferredfromcoldtowarmenvironments),putthecamerainanairtight,resealableplasticbagandletitgraduallyadjusttothetemperaturebeforeremovingitfromthebag.

• Ifcondensationdoesformonthecamera,stopusingitimmediately.Continuingtousethecamerainthisstatemaydamageit.Removethebatteryandmemorycard,andwaituntilthemoisturehasevaporatedbeforeresuminguse.

Page 303: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

303

SpecificationsCameraEffectivePixels(Max.) Approx.12.1millionpixels

LensFocalLength 5xzoom:6.1(W)–30.5(T)mm(35mmfilmequivalent:28(W)–140(T)mm)

ViewfinderReal-imagetypeopticalzoomviewfinderDioptricAdjustmentRange:–3.0to+1.0m‑1(dpt)Coverage:Approx.80%

LCDMonitor 3.0typecolorTFTLCDEffectivePixels:Approx.922,000dots

FileFormat DesignruleforCameraFilesystem,DPOF(version1.1)compliant

DataTypeStillImages:Exif2.3(JPEG),RAW(CR2(CanonOriginal))Movies:MOV(Imagedata:H.264;Audiodata:LinearPCM(stereo))

Interface

Hi-speedUSBHDMIoutputAnalogaudiooutput(stereo)Analogvideooutput(NTSC/PAL)

PowerSource BatteryPackNB-10LACAdapterKitACK-DC80

Dimensions(BasedonCIPAGuidelines) 106.6x75.9x40.1mm(4.20x2.99x1.58in.)

Weight(BasedonCIPAGuidelines)

Approx.352g(approx.12.4oz.;includingthebatteryandmemorycard)Approx.310g(approx.10.9oz.;camerabodyonly)

Page 304: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

304

Specifications

NumberofShots/RecordingTime,PlaybackTime

NumberofShotsScreenOn Approx.350ScreenOff Approx.770

MovieRecordingTime*1 ScreenOn Approx.1hour,10minutes

ContinuousShooting*2 ScreenOn Approx.2hours

PlaybackTime Approx.7hours

*1Timeunderdefaultcamerasettings,whennormaloperationsareperformed,suchasshooting,pausing,turningthecameraonandoff,andzooming.

*2Timeavailablewhenshootingthemaximummovielength(untilrecordingstopsautomatically)repeatedly.

•ThenumberofshotsthatcanbetakenisbasedonmeasurementguidelinesoftheCamera&ImagingProductsAssociation(CIPA).

•Undersomeshootingconditions,thenumberofshotsandrecordingtimemaybelessthanmentionedabove.

•Numberofshots/timewithafullychargedbattery.

Page 305: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

305

Specifications

Numberof4:3ShotsperMemoryCard

RecordingPixels CompressionRatio

NumberofShotsperMemoryCard(Approx.shots)

8GB 32GB(Large)

12M/4000x30001379 5568

2192 8850

(Medium1)6M/2816x2112

2431 9814

3721 15020

(Medium2)2M/1600x1200

7442 30040

12927 52176

(Small)0.3M/640x480

27291 110150

40937 165225RAWImages4000x3000 – 446 1804

•ThevaluesinthetablearemeasuredaccordingtoCanonstandardsandmaychangedependingonthesubject,memorycardandcamerasettings.

•Thevaluesinthetablearebasedon4:3aspectratio.Iftheaspectratioischanged(=80),moreimagescanbeshotbecausethedatasizeperimagewillbesmallerthanwith4:3images.However,since[ ]16:9imageshaveasettingof1920x1080pixels,theirdatasizewillbelargerthan4:3images.

RecordingTimeperMemoryCard

ImageQualityRecordingTimeperMemoryCard

8GB 32GB29min.39sec. 1hr.59min.43sec.

42min.11sec.*1 2hr.50min.19sec.*2

1hr.28min.59sec. 5hr.59min.10sec.

*127min.39sec.foriFramemovies(=120).*21hr.51min.37sec.foriFramemovies(=120).•ThevaluesinthetablearemeasuredaccordingtoCanonstandardsandmaychangedependingonthesubject,memorycardandcamerasettings.

•Recordingwillautomaticallystopwhentheclipfilesizereaches4GB,orwhentherecordingtimereachesapproximately29minutesand59secondswhenshootingin[ ]or[ ],andapproximately1hourwhenshootingin[ ].

•Recordingmaystopevenifthemaximumcliplengthhasnotbeenreachedonsomememorycards.SDSpeedClass6orhighermemorycardsarerecommended.

Page 306: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

306

Specifications

FlashRangeMaximumwideangle(j) 50cm–7.0m(1.6–23ft.)

Maximumtelephoto(i) 50cm–4.5m(1.6–15ft.)

ShootingRangeShootingMode FocusingRange MaximumWideAngle

(j)MaximumTelephoto

(i)A – 1cm(0.4in.)–infinity 40cm(1.3ft.)–infinity

Othermodes

5cm(2.0in.)–infinity 40cm(1.3ft.)–infinity

e* 1–50cm(0.4in.–1.6ft.)

f* 1cm(0.4in.)–infinity 40cm(1.3ft.)–infinity1–50cm

(0.4in.–1.6ft.)–

8 1.5–20m(4.9–66ft.)

1.5–20m(4.9–66ft.)

*Notavailableinsomeshootingmodes.

ContinuousShootingSpeed

ShootingMode ContinuousShootingMode Speed

G

W Approx.2.1shots/sec.

Approx.0.9shots/sec.

Approx.0.9shots/sec.

– Approx.10shots/sec.

ShutterSpeed<A>mode,automaticallysetrange 1–1/4000sec.Rangeinallshootingmodes 15–1/4000sec.

<M>modeavailablevalues(sec.)

15,13,10,8,6,5,4,3.2,2.5,2,1.6,1.3,1,0.8,0.6,0.5,0.4,0.3,1/4,1/5,1/6,1/8,1/10,1/13,1/15,1/20,1/25,1/30,1/40,1/50,1/60,1/80,1/100,1/125,1/160,1/200,1/250,1/320,1/400,1/500,1/640,1/800,1/1000,1/1250,1/1600,1/2000,1/2500,1/3200,1/4000

Page 307: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

307

Specifications

Aperturef/number f/1.8–f/8.0(W),f/2.8–f/8.0(T)

<B>modeavailablevalues* f/1.8,f/2.0,f/2.2,f/2.5,f/2.8,f/3.2,f/3.5,f/4.0,f/4.5,f/5.0,f/5.6,f/6.3,f/7.1,f/8.0

*Dependingonthezoomposition,someaperturevaluesmaynotbeavailable.

BatteryPackNB-10LType: Rechargeablelithium-ionbatteryRatedVoltage: 7.4VDCRatedCapacity: 920mAhChargingCycles: Approx.300timesOperatingTemperature:0–40°C(32–104°F)Dimensions: 32.5x45.4x15.1mm(1.28x1.79x0.59in.)Weight: Approx.41g(approx.1.45oz.)

BatteryChargerCB-2LC/CB-2LCERatedInput: 100–240VAC(50/60Hz)16VA(100V)–22VA(240V),

0.18A(100V)–0.12A(240V)RatedOutput: 8.4VDC,0.7AChargingTime: Approx.1hour50min.(whenusingNB-10L)ChargeIndicator: Charging:orange/Fullycharged:greenOperatingTemperature:5–40°C(41–104°F)Dimensions: 92.8x63.0x27.0mm(3.65x2.48x1.06in.)Weight: CB-2LC: Approx.80g(approx.2.82oz.)

CB-2LCE:Approx.74g(approx.2.61oz.)(excludingpowercord)

Tele-converterTC-DC58E(SoldSeparately)ZoomFactor: 1.4xLensConstruction: 5elementsin3groupsThreadDiameter: 58mm*Max.DiameterxLength:ɸ69.0x36.5mm(ɸ2.72x1.44in.)Weight: Approx.165g(approx.5.8oz.)*RequiresConversionLensAdapterLA-DC58L.

Page 308: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

308

Specifications

ConversionLensAdapterLA-DC58L(SoldSeparately)CameraMount: BayonetThreadDiameter: 58mmMax.DiameterxLength:ɸ63.8x54.8mm(ɸ2.51x2.16in.)Weight: Approx.36g(approx.1.3oz.)

FilterAdapterFA-DC58D(SoldSeparately)DiameterxLength: ɸ66.0x46.7mm(ɸ2.60x1.84in.)Weight: Approx.58g(approx.2.0oz.)

BracketBKT-DC1(SoldSeparately)Dimensions(Max.):220.0x32.0x19.0mm(8.66x1.26x0.75in.)Weight: Approx.90g(approx.3.2oz.)

• AlldataisbasedontestsbyCanon.• Cameraspecificationsorappearancearesubjecttochangewithoutnotice

Page 309: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

309

Index

AACadapterkit............................ 235,244Accessories....................................... 235AEBmode......................................... 131AElock.............................................. 126AFframes.................................. 145,147AFlock............................................... 152Aspectratio.......................................... 80AUTOmode(shootingmode).. 24,45,54Av(shootingmode)........................... 163

BBattery

Charging........................................ 17Level............................................ 287Powersaving................................. 42

Batterycharger...................................... 2Blackandwhiteimages............. 101,137Blinkdetection..................................... 88

CC1/C2(shootingmode)..................... 170Camera

Resetall...................................... 231Camerashake................................... 160Clock.................................................... 51ColorAccent(shootingmode)........... 109ColorSwap(shootingmode)..............110Color(whitebalance)......................... 134Compressionratio(imagequality)..... 160Continuousshooting.......................... 139

High-speedburstHQ(shootingmode)...........................116

Creativefilters(shootingmode)........... 99Cropping............................................ 207Customwhitebalance....................... 135

DDate/time

Addingdatestamps...................... 67Changing....................................... 22Date/timebattery........................... 22Setting........................................... 20Worldclock.................................. 220

DefaultsResetallDIGITALCAMERASolutionDisk........... 2Digitaltele-converter.......................... 144Digitalzoom......................................... 63Displaylanguage................................. 23DPOF................................................. 266Drivemode........................................ 139DynamicRangeCorrection............... 132

EEditing

Cropping...................................... 207i-Contrast..................................... 210MyColors.................................... 209Red-eyecorrection.......................211Resizingimages.......................... 206

Electroniclevel.................................... 86Erasing.............................................. 196Errormessages................................. 283Exposure

AElock........................................ 126Compensation............................. 125FElock........................................ 157

Eye-Ficards.................................. 2,274

FFaceID........................................ 69,177Faceselect........................................ 151Faceself-timer(shootingmode).........114Favorites............................................ 202FElock............................................... 157Filenumbering................................... 225

Page 310: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

310

Index

Fireworks(shootingmode).................. 96Fish-eyeeffect(shootingmode)........ 103Flash

Deactivatingflash.................... 25,55Flashexposurecompensation.... 156On............................................... 154Slowsynchro............................... 155

FlexiZone(AFframemode)............... 146Focusbracketing............................... 153Focuscheck...................................... 179Focusing

AFframes.................................... 145AFlock........................................ 152AF-pointzoom............................... 87Faceselect.................................. 151ServoAF..................................... 150

FocusingrangeMacro.......................................... 142Manualfocus............................... 142

Focuslock......................................... 146Frontdial.................................... 168,184FUNC.menu

Basicoperations............................ 47Table............................................ 292

HHandheldnightscene(shootingmode)................................... 95Highdynamicrange(shootingmode)................................. 100High-speedburstHQ(shootingmode)..................................116Householdpower............................... 244

Ii-Contrast................................... 132,210iFramemovies(moviemode)............ 120ImagequalityCompressionratio(imagequality)

ImagesDisplayperiod............................... 90Erasing........................................ 196PlaybackViewingProtecting.................................... 192

Indicator............................................... 50ISOspeed.......................................... 129

LLamp.................................................... 89

MM(shootingmode)............................. 164Macro(focusmode)........................... 142Magnifieddisplay............................... 189Manualfocus(focusmode)............... 142Memorycards........................................ 2

Recordingtime............................ 305Menu

Basicoperations............................ 48Table............................................ 290

Mercurylampcorrection...................... 83Meteringmethod................................ 127Miniatureeffect(shootingmode)....... 104Monochrome(shootingmode)........... 108MovieDigest(shootingmode)............. 94Movies

Editing......................................... 213Imagequality(resolution/framerate)................... 84Recordingtime............................ 305

Multi-areaWhiteBalance.................... 83MyCategory...................................... 203MyColors.................................. 137,209

NNDfilter.............................................. 133NeckstrapStrapNostalgic(shootingmode)................. 102

Page 311: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

311

Index

PP(shootingmode)............................. 124Packagecontents.................................. 2Photobookset-up.............................. 271PictBridge.................................. 238,259PlaybackViewingPortrait(shootingmode)...................... 95Postereffect(shootingmode)............. 99PowerACadapterkit Battery BatterychargerPowersaving....................................... 42Printing.............................................. 259ProgramAE....................................... 124Protecting.......................................... 192

RRAW.................................................. 159Red-eyecorrection.......................82,211Resetall............................................. 231Resizingimages................................ 206Resolution(imagesize)....................... 81Rotating............................................. 200

SScreen

Displaylanguage........................... 23Icons.................................... 286,288MenuFUNC.menu,Menu

SD/SDHC/SDXCmemorycardsMemorycardsSearching.......................................... 181Self-timer............................................. 64

2-secondself-timer........................ 65Customizingtheself-timer............. 66Faceself-timer(shootingmode)..114Winkself-timer(shootingmode)..113

Sepiatoneimages..................... 101,137

ServoAF............................................ 150ShadowCorrect................................. 133Shooting

Shootingdate/timeDate/timeShootinginformation........... 166,286

Slideshow.......................................... 190SmartShuffle..................................... 191SmartShutter(shootingmode)..........112Smile(shootingmode)........................112Snow(shootingmode)......................... 96Softfocus(shootingmode)................ 107Software

DIGITALCAMERASolutionDisk.... 2Installation..................................... 32Savingimagestoacomputer........ 35

Sounds.............................................. 218StereoAVcable................................. 243StitchAssist(shootingmode).............118Strap................................................ 2,16Superslowmotionmovie(moviemode)..................................... 121Supervivid(shootingmode)................ 99

TTerminal............... 33,239,243,244,259Toycameraeffect(shootingmode)... 106TrackingAF................................. 68,148Travelingwiththecamera......... 220,234Troubleshooting................................. 278TVdisplay.......................................... 239Tv(shootingmode)............................ 162

UUnderwater(shootingmode)............... 96

Page 312: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

312

Index

VViewfinder............................................ 44Viewing................................................ 27

Imagesearch.............................. 181Indexdisplay............................... 180Magnifieddisplay........................ 189Single-imagedisplay..................... 27Slideshow.................................... 190SmartShuffle.............................. 191TVdisplay................................... 239

WWhitebalance(color)......................... 134Winkself-timer(shootingmode).........113Worldclock........................................ 220

ZZoom....................................... 24,54,63

Page 313: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

313

CAUTIONRISKOFEXPLOSIONIFBATTERYISREPLACEDBYANINCORRECTTYPE.DISPOSEOFUSEDBATTERIESACCORDINGTOLOCALREGULATION.

BatteryChargerCB-2LC

IMPORTANTSAFETYINSTRUCTIONS-SAVETHESEINSTRUCTIONS.DANGER-TOREDUCETHERISKOFFIREORELECTRICSHOCK,CAREFULLYFOLLOWTHESEINSTRUCTIONS.ForconnectiontoasupplynotintheU.S.A.,useanattachmentplugadapteroftheproperconfigurationforthepoweroutlet,ifneeded.

BatteryChargerCB-2LCETheadaptercanbeusedwithapowersupplybetween100and240VAC.ContactyourCanondealerforinformationaboutplugadapterforoverseasuse.ForU.S.A.customersonly:Forareaswhere120VACpowerisnotused,youwillneedaspecialplugadapter.ForonlyUnitedStatesUseaULlisted,1.8-3m(6-10ft),TypeSPT-2orNTSPT-2,AWGno.18powersupplycord,ratedfor125V7A,withanon-polarizedNEMA1-15Pplugratedfor125V15A.

USAandCanadaonly:TheLithiumion/polymerbatterythatpowerstheproductisrecyclable.Pleasecall1-800-8-BATTERYforinformationonhowtorecyclethisbattery.

Page 314: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

314

FCCNotice(DigitalCamera,ModelPC1815systems)ThisdevicecomplieswithPart15oftheFCCRules.Operationissubjecttothefollowingtwoconditions;(1)thisdevicemaynotcauseharmfulinterference,and(2)thisdevicemustacceptanyinterferencereceived,includinginterferencethatmaycauseundesiredoperation.

Note:ThisequipmenthasbeentestedandfoundtocomplywiththelimitsforClassBdigitaldevices,pursuanttoPart15oftheFCCrules.Theselimitsaredesignedtoprovidereasonableprotectionagainstharmfulinterferenceinaresidentialinstallation.Thisequipmentgenerates,usesandcanradiateradiofrequencyenergyand,ifnotinstalledandusedinaccordancewiththeinstructions,maycauseharmfulinterferencetoradiocommunications.However,thereisnoguaranteethatinterferencewillnotoccurinaparticularinstallation.Ifthisequipmentdoescauseharmfulinterferencetoradioortelevisionreception,whichcanbedeterminedbyturningtheequipmentoffandon,theuserisencouragedtotrytocorrecttheinterferencebyoneormoreofthefollowingmeasures:

•Reorientorrelocatethereceivingantenna.•Increasetheseparationbetweentheequipmentandreceiver.•Connecttheequipmentintoanoutletonacircuitdifferentfromthattowhichthereceiverisconnected.

•Consultthedealeroranexperiencedradio/TVtechnicianforhelp.

ThecablewiththeferritecoreprovidedwiththedigitalcameramustbeusedwiththisequipmentinordertocomplywithClassBlimitsinSubpartBofPart15oftheFCCrules.

Donotmakeanychangesormodificationstotheequipmentunlessotherwisespecifiedinthemanual.Ifsuchchangesormodificationsshouldbemade,youcouldberequiredtostopoperationoftheequipment.

CanonU.S.A.,Inc.

OneCanonPlaza,LakeSuccess,NY11042,U.S.A.

TelNo.(516)328-5600

CanadianRadioInterferenceRegulationsThisClassBdigitalapparatuscomplieswithCanadianICES-003.

Toensureproperoperationofthisproduct,useofgenuineCanonaccessoriesisrecommended.

ForCA,USAonlyIncludedlithiumbatterycontainsPerchlorateMaterial-specialhandlingmayapply.Seewww.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate/fordetails.

Page 315: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

315

TrademarkAcknowledgments• TheSDXClogoisatrademarkofSD-3C,LLC.• ThisdeviceincorporatesexFATtechnologylicensedfromMicrosoft.• HDMI,theHDMIlogoandHigh-DefinitionMultimediaInterfacearetrademarksorregisteredtrademarksofHDMILicensingLLC.

• TheiFramelogoandtheiFramesymbolaretrademarksofAppleInc.

AboutMPEG-4LicensingThisproductislicensedunderAT&TpatentsfortheMPEG-4standardandmaybeusedforencodingMPEG-4compliantvideoand/ordecodingMPEG-4compliantvideothatwasencodedonly(1)forapersonalandnon-commercialpurposeor(2)byavideoproviderlicensedundertheAT&TpatentstoprovideMPEG-4compliantvideo.NolicenseisgrantedorimpliedforanyotheruseforMPEG-4standard.*NoticedisplayedinEnglishasrequired.

Disclaimer• Reprinting,transmitting,orstoringinaretrievalsystemanypartofthisguidewithoutthepermissionofCanonisprohibited.

• Canonreservestherighttochangethecontentsofthisguideatanytimewithoutpriornotice.

• Illustrationsandscreenshotsinthisguidemaydifferslightlyfromtheactualequipment.

• Theaboveitemsnotwithstanding,Canonacceptsnoliabilityfordamagesduetomistakenoperationoftheproducts.

Page 316: Camera User Guideart3idea.psu.edu/notes/G15.pdfCamera User Guide • Make sure you read this guide, including the “Safety Precautions” section, before using the camera. • Reading

CDC-E490-010 ©CANON INC. 2012